UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☑ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2019

Commission file number 001-08918
SunTrust Banks, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

	
			
Georgia	 	58-1575035	
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(800) 786-8787
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

					
Title of Each Class	 	Trading Symbol(s)	 	Name of Exchange on Which Registered	
Common Stock	 	STI	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (1)	 	STI PRA	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (2)	 	STI/PRI	 	New York Stock Exchange	
(1) Depositary Shares, Each Representing a 1/4000th Interest in a Share of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.
(2) 5.853% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Preferred Purchase Securities of SunTrust Preferred Capital I (representing interests in shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ☑    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☑    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

				
Large accelerated filer	☑	Accelerated filer	☐	
Non-accelerated filer	☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	☐	
 	 	Emerging growth company	☐	

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).        Yes ☐    No ☑
At October 28, 2019, 444,039,931 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, were outstanding.

	
						
TABLE OF CONTENTS	
 	Section	 	 	Page	 	
 	GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS	 	i	 	
 	Important Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements	 	1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION	 	3	 	
 	Item 1.	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	 	4	 	
 	 	Consolidated Statements of Income	 	4	 	
 	 	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	 	5	 	
 	 	Consolidated Balance Sheets	 	6	 	
 	 	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	 	7	 	
 	 	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	 	8	 	
 	 	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	 	9	 	
 	 	Note 1 - Significant Accounting Policies	 	9	 	
 	 	Note 2 - Revenue Recognition	 	11	 	
 	 	Note 3 - Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities	 	13	 	
 	 	Note 4 - Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments	 	14	 	
 	 	Note 5 - Investment Securities	 	15	 	
 	 	Note 6 - Loans	 	19	 	
 	 	Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses	 	27	 	
 	 	Note 8 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets	 	28	 	
 	 	Note 9 - Other Assets	 	31	 	
 	 	Note 10 - Leases	 	32	 	
 	 	Note 11 - Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities	 	35	 	
 	 	Note 12 - Net Income Per Common Share	 	38	 	
 	 	Note 13 - Income Taxes	 	39	 	
 	 	Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans	 	39	 	
 	 	Note 15 - Guarantees	 	40	 	
 	 	Note 16 - Derivative Financial Instruments	 	42	 	
 	 	Note 17 - Fair Value Election and Measurement	 	50	 	
 	 	Note 18 - Contingencies	 	59	 	
 	 	Note 19 - Business Segment Reporting	 	60	 	
 	 	Note 20 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	 	64	 	
 	Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation	 	66	 	
 	Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	97	 	
 	Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	 	97	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	PART II - OTHER INFORMATION	 	97	 	
 	Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	 	97	 	
 	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	 	97	 	
 	Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	 	98	 	
 	Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	 	99	 	
 	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	 	99	 	
 	Item 5.	Other Information	 	99	 	
 	Item 6.	Exhibits	 	99	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	SIGNATURE	 	100	 	

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

ABS — Asset-backed securities.
ACH — Automated clearing house.
AFS — Available for sale.
AIP — Annual Incentive Plan.
ALCO — Asset/Liability Committee.
ALM — Asset/Liability management.
ALLL — Allowance for loan and lease losses.
AOCI — Accumulated other comprehensive income.
ASC — Accounting Standards Codification.
ASU — Accounting Standards Update.
ATE — Additional termination event.
ATM — Automated teller machine.
Bank — SunTrust Bank.
Basel III — the Third Basel Accord, a comprehensive set of reform measures developed by the BCBS.
BB&T — BB&T Corporation.
BCBS — Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
BHC — Bank holding company.
Board — the Company’s Board of Directors.
bps — Basis points.
CCAR — Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.
CCB — Capital conservation buffer.
CD — Certificate of deposit.
CDR — Conditional default rate.
CDS — Credit default swaps.
CEO — Chief Executive Officer.
CET1 — Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.
CFO — Chief Financial Officer.
CIB — Corporate and investment banking.
C&I — Commercial and industrial.
Class A shares — Visa Inc. Class A common stock.
Class B shares — Visa Inc. Class B common stock.
CME — Chicago Mercantile Exchange.
Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc.
CP — Commercial paper.
CPI — Consumer Price Index.
CPR — Conditional prepayment rate.
CRE — Commercial real estate.
CSA — Credit support annex.
CVA — Credit valuation adjustment.
DDA — Demand deposit account.
Dodd-Frank Act — Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.
DTA — Deferred tax asset.
DVA — Debit valuation adjustment.
EGRRCPA — Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act.
EPS — Earnings per share.
ERISA — Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
Exchange Act — Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Fannie Mae — Federal National Mortgage Association.
FASB — Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Freddie Mac — Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
FDIC — Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Federal Reserve — Federal Reserve System.
Fed Funds — Federal funds.
FHA — Federal Housing Administration.
 
FHLB — Federal Home Loan Bank.
FICO — Fair Isaac Corporation.
Fitch — Fitch Ratings Ltd.
FRB — Federal Reserve Board (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
FTE — Fully taxable-equivalent.
FVO — Fair value option.
Ginnie Mae — Government National Mortgage Association.
GSE — Government-sponsored enterprise.
IPO — Initial public offering.
IRLC — Interest rate lock commitment.
ISDA — International Swaps and Derivatives Association.
LCH — LCH.Clearnet Limited.
LCR — Liquidity coverage ratio.
LGD — Loss given default.
LHFI — Loans held for investment.
LHFS — Loans held for sale.
LIBOR — London Interbank Offered Rate.
LOCOM — Lower of cost or market.
LTI — Long-term incentive.
LTV— Loan to value.
Mastercard — Mastercard International.
MBS — Mortgage-backed securities.
MD&A — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
Merger — the Company’s proposed merger-of-equals with BB&T that was announced on February 7, 2019.
Moody’s — Moody’s Investors Service.
MRA — Master Repurchase Agreement.
MSR — Mortgage servicing right.
MVE — Market value of equity.
NOW — Negotiable order of withdrawal account.
NPA — Nonperforming asset.
NPL — Nonperforming loan.
NPR — Notice of proposed rulemaking.
NSFR — Net stable funding ratio.
NYSE — New York Stock Exchange.
OCC — Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
OCI — Other comprehensive income.
OREO — Other real estate owned.
OTC — Over-the-counter.
OTTI — Other-than-temporary impairment.
Parent Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the parent Company of SunTrust Bank and other subsidiaries).
PD — Probability of default.
Pillar — substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar Financial, LLC.
PPNR — Pre-provision net revenue.
PWM — Private Wealth Management.
REIT — Real estate investment trust.
ROA — Return on average total assets.
ROE — Return on average common shareholders’ equity.
ROTCE — Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity.
RSU — Restricted stock unit.
RWA — Risk-weighted assets.
S&P — Standard and Poor’s.

i

SBA — Small Business Administration.
SEC — U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
STAS — SunTrust Advisory Services, Inc.
STCC — SunTrust Community Capital, LLC.
STIS — SunTrust Investment Services, Inc.
STRH — SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
SunTrust — SunTrust Banks, Inc.
TDR — Troubled debt restructuring.
TRS — Total return swaps.
Truist — Truist Financial Corporation.
U.S. — United States.
 
U.S. GAAP — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S.
U.S. Treasury — the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
UPB — Unpaid principal balance.
VA —Veterans Administration.
VAR —Value at risk.
VI — Variable interest.
VIE — Variable interest entity.
Visa — the Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.
Visa Counterparty — a financial institution that purchased the Company's Visa Class B shares.

ii

Important Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report contains forward-looking statements. Statements regarding: (i) future impacts of ASUs not yet adopted; (ii) future levels of net interest margin, efficiency ratios, the net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio, capital ratios, and share count; (iii) the Merger and the potential effects of the Merger on our business and operations upon, after, or prior to the consummation thereof; (iv) the expected timing of closing of the Merger; (v) the synergies, scale, and corresponding benefits expected to be realized from the Merger, including achieving peer-leading efficiency, creating capacity for investments, operating retail and PWM businesses that are industry-leaders in growth, efficiency, talent, and technology, and bringing our Wholesale capabilities and differentiated model to a broader set of clients; (vi) the possibility of purchasing additional interest rate swaps or terminating existing swaps; (vii) future changes in the size and composition of the investment securities portfolio; (viii) the estimated impacts of proposed regulatory capital rules or other changes in banking laws, rules, or regulations; and (ix) our future credit ratings and outlook, are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “target,” “forecast,” “future,” “strategy,” “goal,” “initiative,” “plan,” “propose,” “opportunity,” “potentially,” “probably,” “project,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. They speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update the statements made herein or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events.
Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such factors include: failure to complete the Merger could negatively impact our stock price and our future business and financial results; we will be subject to uncertainties while the Merger is pending, which could adversely affect our business; the Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Merger may not be completed; because the market price of BB&T Common Stock may fluctuate, our shareholders cannot be certain of the precise value of the merger consideration they may receive in the Merger; our ability to complete the Merger is subject to the receipt of approval from various federal and state regulatory agencies, which may impose conditions that could adversely affect us or cause the Merger to be abandoned; shareholder litigation could prevent or delay the closing of the Merger or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; current or future legislation or regulation could
 
require us to change our business practices, reduce revenue, impose additional costs, or otherwise adversely affect business operations or competitiveness; we are subject to stringent capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and our failure to meet these would adversely affect our financial condition; the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings; our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, and a deterioration of economic conditions or of the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending activity or other businesses, as well as our financial condition and results; changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expenses, the value of assets and obligations, as well as the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; interest rates on our outstanding and future financial instruments might be subject to change based on regulatory developments, which could adversely affect our revenue, expenses, and the value of those financial instruments; our earnings may be affected by volatility in mortgage production and servicing revenues, and by changes in carrying values of our servicing assets and mortgages held for sale due to changes in interest rates; disruptions in our ability to access global capital markets and other sources of wholesale funding may adversely affect our capital resources and liquidity; we are subject to credit risk; we may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent that our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral; we rely on the mortgage secondary market and GSEs for some of our liquidity; loss of customer deposits could increase our funding costs; any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets; we are subject to litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results; we may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations; we are subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages, and may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, or borrower fraud, and this could harm our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition; we face risks as a servicer of loans; consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could affect our revenue; we have businesses other than banking which subject us to a variety of risks; negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact business and revenues; we may face more intense scrutiny of our sales, training, and incentive compensation practices; we rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure; competition in the financial services industry is intense and we could lose business or suffer margin declines as a result; we continually encounter technological change and must effectively develop and implement new technology; maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services; we have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs

1

and from which we may not be able to realize anticipated benefits; we depend on the expertise of key personnel, and if these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer; we may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of changes in the marketplace, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact our ability to implement our business strategies; our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us; our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud; we are at risk of increased losses from fraud; our operational or communications systems or infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business or disrupt business continuity; a disruption, breach, or failure in the operational systems or infrastructure of our third party vendors or other service
 
providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could adversely affect our business; natural disasters and other catastrophic events could have a material adverse impact on our operations or our financial condition and results; the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us; we depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties; our accounting policies and processes are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operation, and they require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain; depressed market values for our stock and adverse economic conditions sustained over a period of time may require us to write down all or some portion of our goodwill; our stock price can be volatile; we might not pay dividends on our stock; our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries or other investments could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends; and certain banking laws and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect.

2

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X, and accordingly do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to comply with Regulation S-X have been included. Operating results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2019.

3

	
		
Item 1.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)	
SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Interest Income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest and fees on loans held for investment		$1,708		 		$1,549		 		$5,125		 		$4,424		
Interest and fees on loans held for sale	21		 	22		 	50		 	67		
Interest on securities available for sale	215		 	212		 	659		 	628		
Trading account interest and other	61		 	51		 	179		 	142		
Total interest income	2,005		 	1,834		 	6,013		 	5,261		
Interest Expense	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest on deposits	293		 	193		 	811		 	484		
Interest on long-term debt	150		 	95		 	425		 	252		
Interest on other borrowings	52		 	34		 	188		 	85		
Total interest expense	495		 	322		 	1,424		 	821		
Net interest income	1,510		 	1,512		 	4,589		 	4,440		
Provision for credit losses	132		 	61		 	412		 	121		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	1,378		 	1,451		 	4,177		 	4,319		
Noninterest Income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service charges on deposit accounts	141			144		 	417		 	433		
Other charges and fees	90			89		 	265		 	264		
Card fees	83		 	75		 	247		 	241		
Investment banking income	159		 	150		 	431		 	453		
Trading income	29		 	42		 	144		 	137		
Mortgage-related income 1	106		 	83		 	294		 	256		
Trust and investment management income	78		 	80		 	222		 	230		
Retail investment services	76		 	74		 	220		 	219		
Insurance settlement	5		 	—		 	210		 	—		
Commercial real estate-related income	32		 	24		 	106		 	66		
Net securities gains/(losses)	4			—		 	(38	)	 	1		
Other noninterest income	40			21		 	135		 	108		
Total noninterest income	843		 	782		 	2,653		 	2,408		
Noninterest Expense	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee compensation	744		 	719		 	2,149		 	2,141		
Employee benefits	97		 	76		 	344		 	310		
Outside processing and software	241		 	234		 	720		 	667		
Net occupancy expense	102		 	86		 	305		 	270		
Charitable contribution to SunTrust Foundation	—		 	—		 	205		 	—		
Marketing and customer development	44		 	45		 	131		 	127		
Equipment expense	36		 	40		 	114		 	124		
Merger-related costs	22		 	—		 	75		 	—		
Operating losses	23		 	18		 	60		 	40		
Amortization	21		 	19		 	54		 	51		
Regulatory assessments	17		 	39		 	53		 	118		
Other noninterest expense	127		 	108		 	392		 	343		
Total noninterest expense	1,474		 	1,384		 	4,602		 	4,191		
Income before provision for income taxes	747		 	849		 	2,228		 	2,536		
Provision for income taxes	122		 	95		 	330		 	412		
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	625		 	754		 	1,898		 	2,124		
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2		 	2		 	7		 	7		
Net income	623		 	752		 	1,891		 	2,117		
Less: Preferred stock dividends	26		 	26		 	77		 	81		
Net income available to common shareholders		$597		 		$726		 		$1,814		 		$2,036		
Net income per average common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted		$1.34		 		$1.56		 		$4.06		 		$4.34		
Basic	1.35		 	1.58		 	4.09		 	4.38		
Dividends declared per common share	0.56		 	0.50		 	1.56		 	1.30		
Average common shares outstanding - diluted	446,962		 	464,164		 	446,673		 	469,006		
Average common shares outstanding - basic	443,960		 	460,252		 	443,779		 	464,804		

1 Beginning with the 2018 Form 10-K, the Company began presenting Mortgage production related income and Mortgage servicing related income as a single line item on the Consolidated Statements of Income titled Mortgage-related income. Prior periods have been conformed to this updated presentation for comparability.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

4

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

	
																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Net income		$623		 		$752		 		$1,891		 		$2,117		
Components of other comprehensive income/(loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale,
net of tax of $51, ($55), $294 and ($223), respectively	166		 	(178	)	 	960		 	(726	)	
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative instruments,
net of tax of $25, ($6), $93 and ($55), respectively	82		 	(20	)	 	302		 	(179	)	
Change in net unrealized losses on brokered time deposits,
net of tax of $0, $0, $0 and $0, respectively	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	—		
Change in credit risk adjustment on long-term debt,
net of tax of $0, $0, $0 and $1, respectively	—		 	—		 	—		 	3		
Change related to employee benefit plans,
net of tax of $1, $1, $4 and $1, respectively	4		 	3		 	10		 	2		
Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax	252		 	(195	)	 	1,271		 	(900	)	
Total comprehensive income		$875		 		$557		 		$3,162		 		$1,217		

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

5

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

								
 	September 30,	 	December 31,	
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	2019	 	2018	
Assets	(Unaudited)	 	 	
Cash and due from banks		$7,844		 		$5,791		
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,314		 	1,679		
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	26		 	25		
Cash and cash equivalents	9,184		 	7,495		
Trading assets and derivative instruments 1	7,104		 	5,506		
Securities available for sale 2	31,358		 	31,442		
Loans held for sale ($1,488 and $1,178 at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	2,006		 	1,468		
Loans held for investment 3 ($124 and $163 at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	158,455		 	151,839		
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(1,699	)	 	(1,615	)	
Net loans held for investment	156,756		 	150,224		
Premises, property, and equipment, net	1,985		 	2,024		
Goodwill	6,331		 	6,331		
Other intangible assets (Residential MSRs at fair value: $1,564 and $1,983 at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	1,648		 	2,062		
Other assets ($76 and $95 at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	10,996		 	8,991		
Total assets		$227,368		 		$215,543		
 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	
Noninterest-bearing deposits		$40,360		 		$40,770		
Interest-bearing deposits ($552 and $403 at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	127,311		 	121,819		
Total deposits	167,671		 	162,589		
Funds purchased	254		 	2,141		
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,829		 	1,774		
Other short-term borrowings	5,061		 	4,857		
Long-term debt 4 ($302 and $289 at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)	20,369		 	15,072		
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	1,380		 	1,604		
Other liabilities	4,315		 	3,226		
Total liabilities	200,879		 	191,263		
Shareholders’ Equity	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, no par value	2,025		 	2,025		
Common stock, $1.00 par value	553		 	553		
Additional paid-in capital	8,989		 	9,022		
Retained earnings	20,664		 	19,522		
Treasury stock, at cost, and other 5	(5,593	)	 	(5,422	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(149	)	 	(1,420	)	
Total shareholders’ equity	26,489		 	24,280		
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$227,368		 		$215,543		
 	 	 	 	
Common shares outstanding 6	444,033		 	446,888		
Common shares authorized	750,000		 	750,000		
Preferred shares outstanding	20		 	20		
Preferred shares authorized	50,000		 	50,000		
Treasury shares of common stock	108,750		 	105,896		
 	 	 	 	
1 Includes trading securities pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral		$1,284		 		$1,442		
2 Includes securities AFS pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral	151		 	222		
3 Includes LHFI of consolidated VIEs	136		 	153		
4 Includes debt of consolidated VIEs	143		 	161		
5 Includes noncontrolling interest	101		 	103		
6 Includes restricted shares	4		 	7		

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

6

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

																															
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)	Preferred Stock	 	Common Shares Outstanding	 	Common Stock	 	Additional Paid-in Capital	 	Retained Earnings	 	 Treasury 1
Stock and Other	 	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	 	Total	
Balance, July 1, 2019		$2,025		 	444		 		$553		 		$8,965		 		$20,319		 		($5,599	)	 		($401	)	 		$25,862		
Net income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	623		 	—		 	—		 	623		
Other comprehensive income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	252		 	252		
Change in noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	—		 	(2	)	
Common stock dividends, $0.56 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(249	)	 	—		 	—		 	(249	)	
Preferred stock dividends 2	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(26	)	 	—		 	—		 	(26	)	
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		 	—		 	—		 	(3	)	 	—		 	5		 	—		 	2		
Restricted stock activity	—		 	—		 	—		 	27		 	(3	)	 	3		 	—		 	27		
Balance, September 30, 2019		$2,025		 	444		 		$553		 		$8,989		 		$20,664		 		($5,593	)	 		($149	)	 		$26,489		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2019		$2,025		 	447		 		$553		 		$9,022		 		$19,522		 		($5,422	)	 		($1,420	)	 		$24,280		
Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoption 3	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	31		 	—		 	—		 	31		
Net income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1,891		 	—		 	—		 	1,891		
Other comprehensive income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1,271		 	1,271		
Change in noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	—		 	(2	)	
Common stock dividends, $1.56 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(693	)	 	—		 	—		 	(693	)	
Preferred stock dividends 2	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(77	)	 	—		 	—		 	(77	)	
Repurchase of common stock	—		 	(5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(250	)	 	—		 	(250	)	
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		 	—		 	—		 	(7	)	 	—		 	14		 	—		 	7		
Restricted stock activity	—		 	2		 	—		 	(26	)	 	(10	)	 	67		 	—		 	31		
Balance, September 30, 2019		$2,025		 	444		 		$553		 		$8,989		 		$20,664		 		($5,593	)	 		($149	)	 		$26,489		
1 At September 30, 2019, includes ($5,693) million for treasury stock, less than ($1) million for the compensation element of restricted stock, and $101 million for noncontrolling interest.
2 For the three months ended September 30, 2019, dividends were $1,022.22 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,406.25 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $1,262.50 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $1,281.25 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, dividends were $3,044.44 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $4,218.75 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $3,787.50 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $3,843.75 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.
3 Related to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information.

																															
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)	Preferred Stock	 	Common Shares Outstanding	 	Common Stock	 	Additional Paid-in Capital	 	Retained Earnings	 	 Treasury 1
Stock and Other	 	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	 	Total	
Balance, July 1, 2018		$2,025		 	465		 		$552		 		$8,980		 		$18,616		 		($4,178	)	 		($1,679	)	 		$24,316		
Net income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	752		 	—		 	—		 	752		
Other comprehensive loss	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(195	)	 	(195	)	
Change in noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	—		 	(2	)	
Common stock dividends, $0.50 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(229	)	 	—		 	—		 	(229	)	
Preferred stock dividends 2	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(26	)	 	—		 	—		 	(26	)	
Repurchase of common stock	—		 	(7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(500	)	 	—		 	(500	)	
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	—		 	3		 	—		 	2		
Exercise of stock warrants	—		 	1		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		
Restricted stock activity	—		 	—		 	—		 	22		 	(2	)	 	—		 	—		 	20		
Balance, September 30, 2018		$2,025		 	459		 		$553		 		$9,001		 		$19,111		 		($4,677	)	 		($1,874	)	 		$24,139		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2018		$2,475		 	471		 		$550		 		$9,000		 		$17,540		 		($3,591	)	 		($820	)	 		$25,154		
Cumulative effect of adjustment related to ASU adoptions 3	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	144		 	—		 	(154	)	 	(10	)	
Net income	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	2,117		 	—		 	—		 	2,117		
Other comprehensive loss	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(900	)	 	(900	)	
Change in noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	—		 	(2	)	
Common stock dividends, $1.30 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(603	)	 	—		 	—		 	(603	)	
Preferred stock dividends 2	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(81	)	 	—		 	—		 	(81	)	
Redemption of preferred stock, Series E	(450	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(450	)	
Repurchase of common stock	—		 	(17	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1,160	)	 	—		 	(1,160	)	
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	36		 	—		 	36		
Exercise of stock warrants	—		 	3		 	3		 	(3	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Restricted stock activity	—		 	1		 	—		 	4		 	(6	)	 	40		 	—		 	38		
Balance, September 30, 2018		$2,025		 	459		 		$553		 		$9,001		 		$19,111		 		($4,677	)	 		($1,874	)	 		$24,139		

1 At September 30, 2018, includes ($4,777) million for treasury stock, less than ($1) million for the compensation element of restricted stock, and $101 million for noncontrolling interest.
2 For the three months ended September 30, 2018, dividends were $1,022.22 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,406.25 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $1,262.50 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $1,281.25 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, dividends were $3,044.44 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,468.75 per share for Series E Preferred Stock, $4,218.75 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $3,787.50 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $4,285.07 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.
3 Related to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-01, ASU 2017-12, and ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

7

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	
								
 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)	2019	 	2018	
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	 	 	 	
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest		$1,898		 		$2,124		
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion	518		 	535		
Origination of servicing rights	(251	)	 	(260	)	
Provisions for credit losses and foreclosed property	418		 	130		
Stock-based compensation	112		 	118		
Net securities losses/(gains)	38		 	(1	)	
Net gains on sale of loans held for sale, loans, and other assets	(266	)	 	(83	)	
Net (increase)/decrease in loans held for sale	(315	)	 	382		
Net increase in trading assets and derivative instruments	(1,598	)	 	(818	)	
Net increase in other assets 1	(382	)	 	(1,713	)	
Net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities	(166	)	 	478		
Net cash provided by operating activities	6		 	892		
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:	 	 	 	
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale	3,316		 	2,840		
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	3,690		 	2,047		
Purchases of securities available for sale	(5,824	)	 	(5,534	)	
Net increase in loans and leases, including purchases 1	(7,957	)	 	(4,566	)	
Proceeds from sales of loans and leases	866		 	199		
Net cash paid for servicing rights	(3	)	 	(73	)	
Payments for bank-owned life insurance policy premiums	(1	)	 	(201	)	
Proceeds from the settlement of bank-owned life insurance	17		 	8		
Proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims	210		 	—		
Capital expenditures	(261	)	 	(170	)	
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned and other assets	88		 	148		
Other investing activities	2		 	1		
Net cash used in investing activities	(5,857	)	 	(5,301	)	
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	 	 	 	
Net increase/(decrease) in total deposits	5,082		 	(402	)	
Net (decrease)/increase in funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings	(1,628	)	 	3,159		
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	5,992		 	5,111		
Repayments of long-term debt	(864	)	 	(484	)	
Repurchase of preferred stock	—		 	(450	)	
Repurchase of common stock	(250	)	 	(1,160	)	
Common and preferred stock dividends paid	(747	)	 	(664	)	
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(52	)	 	(44	)	
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	7		 	36		
Net cash provided by financing activities	7,540		 	5,102		
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	1,689		 	693		
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	7,495		 	6,912		
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$9,184		 		$7,605		
 	 	 	 	
Supplemental Disclosures:	 	 	 	
Loans transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment		$17		 		$23		
Loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale	812		 	449		
Loans transferred from loans held for investment to other real estate owned	33		 	44		
Non-cash impact of debt assumed by purchaser in lease sale	163		 	—		

1 Pursuant to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, it began including the interest portion of lessee payments received from sales-type and direct financing leases, which totaled $106 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, within operating activities, with the principal portion of lessee payments remaining within investing activities. For periods prior to January 1, 2019, interest payments were not retrospectively reclassified and remain within investing activities. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 
NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included within this report have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP to present interim financial statement information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete, consolidated financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes; actual results could vary from these estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. Interim Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Changes in Significant Accounting Policies
Pursuant to the Company’s adoption of ASC Topic 842 as of January 1, 2019, the Company updated its accounting policy related to leases. See Note 10, “Leases,” for new disclosures and policy information related to the Company’s leases. There were no other significant changes to the Company’s accounting policies from those disclosed in the Company’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K that could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated events that occurred between September 30, 2019 and the date the accompanying financial statements were issued, and there were no material events, other than those already discussed in this Form 10-Q, that would require recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the accompanying Notes.

Accounting Pronouncements
The following table summarizes ASUs issued by the FASB that were adopted during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 or not yet adopted as of September 30, 2019, that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements:

				
Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters	
Standards Adopted in 2019	
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent related ASUs	These ASUs create and amend ASC Topic 842, Leases, which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC Topic 842 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and associated liabilities that arise from leases, with the exception of short-term leases. These ASUs do not make significant changes to lessor accounting; however, there were certain improvements made to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Furthermore, there are several new qualitative and quantitative disclosures required for lessees and lessors, including updated guidance around the presentation of certain cash receipts on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
	January 1, 2019	The Company adopted these ASUs on January 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective transition approach as of the date of adoption, which resulted in the recognition of $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion in right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities, respectively, arising from operating leases in which the Company is the lessee, on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of the right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities recorded upon adoption was based primarily on the present value of unpaid future minimum lease payments, the amount of which was based on the population of leases in effect at the date of adoption. At September 30, 2019, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets totaled $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.
 
Upon adoption, the Company also recognized a cumulative effect adjustment of $31 million to increase the beginning balance of retained earnings (as of January 1, 2019) for deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions that occurred prior to the date of adoption and for other transition provisions. These ASUs did not have a material impact on the timing of expense or income recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

Furthermore, effective January 1, 2019, the Company prospectively changed its presentation of certain cash receipts related to sales-type and direct financing leases in which it is the lessor on its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Specifically, the Company began including on its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows the interest portion of lessee payments received from sales-type and direct financing leases within operating activities, with the principal portion remaining within investing activities. For periods prior to the date of adoption, interest payments were not retrospectively reclassified and remain within investing activities. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company included $36 million and $106 million, respectively, of interest payments received from these sales-type and direct financing leases within operating activities on its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For additional information and required disclosures related to ASC 842, see Note 10, “Leases.”

9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
				
Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters	
Standards Not Yet Adopted	
ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326) and subsequent related ASUs	These ASUs create and amend ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, which replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss methodology for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. For this purpose, expected credit losses reflect losses over the remaining contractual life of an asset, considering the effect of voluntary prepayments and considering available information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The resulting allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to reflect the net amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required upon adoption. The change to the allowance for credit losses at the time of the adoption will be made with a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings.

Although the current expected credit loss methodology does not apply to AFS debt securities, these ASUs do require entities to record an allowance when recognizing credit losses for AFS securities, rather than recording a direct write-down of the carrying amount.
	January 1, 2020	The Company formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of these ASUs. A detailed implementation plan was developed and progress is substantially complete in regards to the identification and staging of data, development and validation of models, refinement of economic forecasting processes, and documentation of accounting policy decisions. Additionally, a new credit loss forecasting process was implemented in the first half of 2019, resulting in modifications to the Company’s associated internal control environment that will be effective upon adoption of these ASUs. In the first half of 2019, the Company performed testing in which methodologies, processes, and internal controls were evaluated and refined. The Company performed a full parallel run of the new methodology in the third quarter of 2019 and will perform another full parallel run in the fourth quarter of 2019. The parallel runs include execution of internal controls, supporting analytics, reserve estimation, process and procedure documentation, and subject matter expert reviews. The Company continues to refine its processes and methodology based on the results of these exercises.

The Company plans to adopt these ASUs on January 1, 2020, and it continues to evaluate the impact that these ASUs will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. The Company anticipates that an increase to the allowance for credit losses will be recognized upon adoption to provide for the expected credit losses over the estimated life of the financial assets. The actual magnitude of the increase will depend on existing and forecasted economic conditions and trends in the Company’s portfolio at the time of adoption. The Company is also evaluating the anticipated impact that the Merger will have on its estimated impact of adopting these ASUs on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
	
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment	This ASU amends ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. This ASU requires an entity to recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, with the loss limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU must be applied on a prospective basis.
	January 1, 2020
	Based on the Company’s most recent qualitative goodwill impairment assessment performed in the third quarter of 2019, there were no reporting units for which it was more-likely-than-not that the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeded its respective fair value; therefore, this ASU would not currently have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures. However, if subsequent to adoption, the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value, the Company would be required to recognize an impairment charge for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value.	
ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract
	This ASU amends ASC Subtopic 350-40, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software, to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The Company may apply this ASU either retrospectively, or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption.
	January 1, 2020

	The Company’s current accounting policy for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement generally aligns with the requirements of this ASU; therefore, the Company's adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures.

10

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 2 – REVENUE RECOGNITION
The following tables reflect the Company’s noninterest income disaggregated by financial statement line item, business segment, and by the amount of each revenue stream that is in scope and out of scope of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Refer to Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 2, “Revenue Recognition,” to
 
the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the Company's accounting policies for recognizing noninterest income, including the nature and timing of such revenue streams. The Company's contracts with customers generally do not contain terms that require significant judgment to determine the amount of revenue to recognize.

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	 Consumer 1	 	 Wholesale 1	 	  Out of Scope 1, 2	 	Total	
Noninterest income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service charges on deposit accounts		$112		 		$29		 		$—		 		$141		
Other charges and fees 3	27		 	4		 	59		 	90		
Card fees	57		 	24		 	2		 	83		
Investment banking income	—		 	97		 	62		 	159		
Trading income	—		 	—		 	29		 	29		
Mortgage-related income	—		 	—		 	106		 	106		
Trust and investment management income	77		 	—		 	1		 	78		
Retail investment services 4	76		 	—		 	—		 	76		
Insurance settlement	—		 	—		 	5		 	5		
Commercial real estate-related income	—		 	—		 	32		 	32		
Net securities gains/(losses)	—		 	—		 	4		 	4		
Other noninterest income	6		 	—		 	34		 	40		
Total noninterest income		$355		 		$154		 		$334		 		$843		

1 	Consumer total noninterest income and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $124 million and $214 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 19, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and also includes ($4) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is not subject to ASC Topic 606.	
		
2 	The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.	
		
3 	The Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	
		
4 	The Company recognized $12 million of mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	

	
																
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	 Consumer 1	 	 Wholesale 1	 	  Out of Scope 1, 2	 	Total	
Noninterest income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service charges on deposit accounts		$111		 		$33		 		$—		 		$144		
Other charges and fees 3	28		 	3		 	58		 	89		
Card fees	49		 	26		 	—		 	75		
Investment banking income	—		 	101		 	49		 	150		
Trading income	—		 	—		 	42		 	42		
Mortgage-related income	—		 	—		 	83		 	83		
Trust and investment management income	79		 	—		 	1		 	80		
Retail investment services 4	73		 	—		 	1		 	74		
Insurance settlement	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Commercial real estate-related income	—		 	—		 	24		 	24		
Net securities gains/(losses)	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Other noninterest income	5		 	—		 	16		 	21		
Total noninterest income		$345		 		$163		 		$274		 		$782		
		
1 	Consumer total noninterest income and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $99 million and $205 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 19, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and also includes ($30) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is not subject to ASC Topic 606.	
		
2 	The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.	
		
3 	The Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	
		
4 	The Company recognized $12 million of mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	

11

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	 Consumer 1	 	 Wholesale 1	 	  Out of Scope 1, 2	 	Total	
Noninterest income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service charges on deposit accounts		$324		 		$93		 		$—		 		$417		
Other charges and fees 3	82		 	12		 	171		 	265		
Card fees	168		 	75		 	4		 	247		
Investment banking income	—		 	261		 	170		 	431		
Trading income	—		 	—		 	144		 	144		
Mortgage-related income	—		 	—		 	294		 	294		
Trust and investment management income	220		 	—		 	2		 	222		
Retail investment services 4	218		 	1		 	1		 	220		
Insurance settlement	—		 	—		 	210		 	210		
Commercial real estate-related income	—		 	—		 	106		 	106		
Net securities gains/(losses)	—		 	—		 	(38	)	 	(38	)	
Other noninterest income	17		 	—		 	118		 	135		
Total noninterest income		$1,029		 		$442		 		$1,182		 		$2,653		

1 	Consumer total noninterest income and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $386 million and $695 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 19, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and also includes $101 million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is not subject to ASC Topic 606.	
		
2 	The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.	
		
3 	The Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	
		
4 	The Company recognized $31 million of mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	

	
																
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	 Consumer 1	 	 Wholesale 1	 	  Out of Scope 1, 2	 	Total	
Noninterest income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service charges on deposit accounts		$330		 		$103		 		$—		 		$433		
Other charges and fees 3	85		 	8		 	171		 	264		
Card fees	160		 	78		 	3		 	241		
Investment banking income	—		 	287		 	166		 	453		
Trading income	—		 	—		 	137		 	137		
Mortgage-related income	—		 	—		 	256		 	256		
Trust and investment management income	228		 	—		 	2		 	230		
Retail investment services 4	216		 	2		 	1		 	219		
Insurance settlement	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Commercial real estate-related income	—		 	—		 	66		 	66		
Net securities gains/(losses)	—		 	—		 	1		 	1		
Other noninterest income	17		 	—		 	91		 	108		
Total noninterest income		$1,036		 		$478		 		$894		 		$2,408		

1 	Consumer total noninterest income and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $311 million and $618 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 19, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and also includes ($35) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is not subject to ASC Topic 606.	
		
2 	The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.	
		
3 	The Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	
		
4 	The Company recognized $38 million of mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions, the majority of which related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.	

12

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 3 - FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell
Fed Funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell were as follows:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Fed funds sold		$5		 		$42		
Securities borrowed	491		 	394		
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	818		 	1,243		
Total Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,314		 		$1,679		

Securities purchased under agreements to resell are primarily collateralized by U.S. government or agency securities and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold, plus accrued interest. Securities borrowed are primarily collateralized by corporate securities. The Company borrows securities and purchases securities under agreements to resell as part of its securities financing activities. On the acquisition date of these securities, the Company and the
 
related counterparty agree on the amount of collateral required to secure the principal amount loaned under these arrangements. The Company monitors collateral values daily and calls for additional collateral to be provided as warranted under the respective agreements. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the total market value of collateral held was $1.3 billion and $1.6 billion, of which $72 million and $108 million was repledged, respectively.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as secured borrowings. The following table presents the Company’s related activity, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity:

																												
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Overnight and Continuous	 	Up to 30 days	 	Total	 	Overnight and Continuous	 	Up to 30 days	 	30-90 days	 	Total	
U.S. Treasury securities		$89		 		$—		 		$89		 		$197		 		$7		 		$—		 		$204		
Federal agency securities	95		 	9		 	104		 	112		 	10		 	—		 	122		
MBS - agency residential	1,031		 	143		 	1,174		 	881		 	35		 	—		 	916		
CP	74		 	—		 	74		 	78		 	—		 	—		 	78		
Corporate and other debt securities	196		 	192		 	388		 	216		 	158		 	80		 	454		
Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase		$1,485		 		$344		 		$1,829		 		$1,484		 		$210		 		$80		 		$1,774		

For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. This risk is managed by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.

Netting of Securities - Repurchase and Resell Agreements
The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements are discussed in Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”
 
The following table presents the Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase that are subject to MRAs. Generally, MRAs require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. Transactions subject to these agreements are treated as collateralized financings, and those with a single counterparty are permitted to be presented net on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no such transactions subject to legally enforceable MRAs that were eligible for balance sheet netting. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, the amount of collateral presented in this table is limited to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.

13

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																				
(Dollars in millions)	Gross
Amount	 	Amount
Offset	 	Net Amount
Presented in
Consolidated
Balance Sheets	 	Held/Pledged Financial
Instruments	 	Net
Amount	
September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financial assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,309		 		$—		 		$1,309		1 		$1,293		 		$16		
Financial liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,829		 	—		 	1,829		 	1,829		 	—		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financial assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,637		 		$—		 		$1,637		1 		$1,624		 		$13		
Financial liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,774		 	—		 	1,774		 	1,774		 	—		

1 Excludes $5 million and $42 million of Fed Funds sold that are not subject to a master netting agreement at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

NOTE 4 - TRADING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The fair values of the components of trading assets and liabilities and derivative instruments are presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments:	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$212		 		$262		
Federal agency securities	319		 	188		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	43		 	54		
MBS - agency residential	1,004		 	860		
MBS - agency commercial	51		 	—		
ABS	7		 	—		
Corporate and other debt securities	628		 	700		
CP	122		 	190		
Equity securities	86		 	73		
Derivative instruments 1	1,770		 	639		
Trading loans 2	2,862		 	2,540		
Total trading assets and derivative instruments		$7,104		 		$5,506		
Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments:	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$538		 		$801		
MBS - agency	—		 	3		
Corporate and other debt securities	539		 	385		
Equity securities	20		 	5		
Derivative instruments 1	274		 	410		
Trading loans	9		 	—		
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments		$1,380		 		$1,604		
1 Amounts include the impact of offsetting cash collateral received from and paid to the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists.
2 Includes loans related to TRS.

Various trading and derivative instruments are used as part of the Company’s overall balance sheet management strategies and to support client requirements executed through the Bank and/or STRH, a broker/dealer subsidiary of the Company. The Company manages the potential market volatility associated with trading instruments by using appropriate risk management strategies. The size, volume, and nature of the trading products and derivative instruments can vary based on economic conditions as well as client-specific and Company-specific asset or liability positions.
 
Product offerings to clients include debt securities, loans traded in the secondary market, equity securities, derivative contracts, and other similar financial instruments. Other trading-related activities include acting as a market maker for certain debt and equity security transactions, derivative instrument transactions, and foreign exchange transactions. The Company also uses derivatives to manage its interest rate and market risk from non-trading activities. The Company has policies and procedures to manage market risk associated with client trading and non-trading activities, and assumes a limited degree of market risk by managing the size and nature of its exposure. For

14

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

valuation assumptions and additional information related to the Company's trading products and derivative instruments, see Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” in this Form 10-Q as
 
well as Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pledged trading assets are presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Pledged trading assets to secure repurchase agreements 1		$1,226		 		$1,418		
Pledged trading assets to secure certain derivative agreements	62		 	22		
Pledged trading assets to secure other arrangements	40		 	40		
1 Repurchase agreements secured by collateral totaled $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

NOTE 5 – INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Investment Securities Portfolio Composition

																
 	September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized
Cost	 	Unrealized
Gains	 	Unrealized
Losses	 	Fair
Value	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$3,915		 		$103		 		$—		 		$4,018		
Federal agency securities	123		 	1		 	—		 	124		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	564		 	9		 	1		 	572		
MBS - agency residential	22,069		 	520		 	4		 	22,585		
MBS - agency commercial	2,881		 	103		 	1		 	2,983		
MBS - non-agency commercial	1,008		 	56		 	—		 	1,064		
Corporate and other debt securities	12		 	—		 	—		 	12		
Total securities AFS		$30,572		 		$792		 		$6		 		$31,358		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 December 31, 2018 	
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized
Cost	 	Unrealized
Gains	 	Unrealized
Losses	 	Fair
Value	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,277		 		$—		 		$66		 		$4,211		
Federal agency securities	221		 	2		 	2		 	221		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	606		 	4		 	21		 	589		
MBS - agency residential	23,161		 	128		 	425		 	22,864		
MBS - agency commercial	2,688		 	8		 	69		 	2,627		
MBS - non-agency commercial	943		 	—		 	27		 	916		
Corporate and other debt securities	14		 	—		 	—		 	14		
Total securities AFS		$31,910		 		$142		 		$610		 		$31,442		

The following table presents interest on securities AFS:

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Taxable interest		$211		 		$207		 		$646		 		$614		
Tax-exempt interest	4		 	5		 	13		 	14		
Total interest on securities AFS		$215		 		$212		 		$659		 		$628		

Investment securities pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, trusts, certain derivative agreements, and other funds had a fair value of $4.0 billion and $3.3 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

15

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table presents the amortized cost, fair value, and weighted average yield of the Company's investment securities at September 30, 2019, by remaining contractual maturity, with the exception of MBS, which are based on estimated average life. Receipt of cash flows may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

																				
 	Distribution of Remaining Maturities	
(Dollars in millions)	Due in 1 Year or Less	 	Due After 1 Year through 5 Years	 	Due After 5 Years through 10 Years	 	Due After 10 Years	 	Total	
Amortized Cost:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$632		 		$2,331		 		$952		 		$—		 		$3,915		
Federal agency securities	50		 	10		 	6		 	57		 	123		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	90		 	317		 	157		 	564		
MBS - agency residential	1,435		 	9,389		 	10,890		 	355		 	22,069		
MBS - agency commercial	—		 	835		 	1,683		 	363		 	2,881		
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		 	12		 	996		 	—		 	1,008		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	12		 	—		 	—		 	12		
Total securities AFS		$2,117		 		$12,679		 		$14,844		 		$932		 		$30,572		
Fair Value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$634		 		$2,389		 		$995		 		$—		 		$4,018		
Federal agency securities	50		 	10		 	6		 	58		 	124		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	95		 	320		 	157		 	572		
MBS - agency residential	1,485		 	9,630		 	11,108		 	362		 	22,585		
MBS - agency commercial	—		 	851		 	1,752		 	380		 	2,983		
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		 	12		 	1,052		 	—		 	1,064		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	12		 	—		 	—		 	12		
Total securities AFS		$2,169		 		$12,999		 		$15,233		 		$957		 		$31,358		
 Weighted average yield 1	3.09	%	 	2.81	%	 	2.93	%	 	3.02	%	 	2.89	%	
1 Weighted average yields are based on amortized cost and presented on an FTE basis.

16

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position
The Company held certain investment securities where amortized cost exceeded fair value, resulting in unrealized loss positions. Market changes in interest rates and credit spreads may result in temporary unrealized losses as the market prices of securities fluctuate. At September 30, 2019, the Company did not intend to sell these securities nor was it more-likely-than-not
 
that the Company would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery or maturity. The Company reviewed its portfolio for OTTI in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Investment securities in an unrealized loss position at period end are presented in the following tables:

																								
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Less than twelve months	 	Twelve months or longer	 	Total	
(Dollars in millions)	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	 	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	 	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$50		 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$50		 		$—		
Federal agency securities	20		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	20		 	—		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	119		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	119		 	1		
MBS - agency residential	1,089		 	4		 	—		 	—		 	1,089		 	4		
MBS - agency commercial	207		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	207		 	1		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	—		 	6		 	—		 	6		 	—		
Total temporarily impaired securities AFS	1,485		 	6			6			—			1,491			6		
OTTI securities AFS 2:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total OTTI securities AFS	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Total impaired securities AFS		$1,485		 		$6		 		$6		 		$—		 		$1,491		 		$6		
1 Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.
2 OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.

	
																								
 	December 31, 2018	
 	Less than twelve months	 	Twelve months or longer	 	Total	
(Dollars in millions)	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	 	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	 	Fair
Value	 	 Unrealized 1
Losses	
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$—		 		$—		 		$4,177		 		$66		 		$4,177		 		$66		
Federal agency securities	—		 	—		 	63		 	2		 	63		 	2		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	49		 	1		 	430		 	20		 	479		 	21		
MBS - agency residential	1,229		 	5		 	15,384		 	420		 	16,613		 	425		
MBS - agency commercial	68		 	—		 	1,986		 	69		 	2,054		 	69		
MBS - non-agency commercial	106		 	1		 	773		 	26		 	879		 	27		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	—		 	9		 	—		 	9		 	—		
Total temporarily impaired securities AFS	1,452		 	7		 	22,822		 	603		 	24,274		 	610		
OTTI securities AFS 2:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total OTTI securities AFS	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Total impaired securities AFS		$1,452		 		$7		 		$22,822		 		$603		 		$24,274		 		$610		
1 Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.
2 OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.

The Company does not consider the unrealized losses on temporarily impaired securities AFS to be credit-related. These unrealized losses were due primarily to market interest rates
 
being higher than the securities' stated coupon rates, and therefore, the unrealized losses were recorded in AOCI, net of tax.

17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Realized Gains and Losses and Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities
Net securities gains or losses are comprised of gross realized gains, gross realized losses, and OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized $38 million in net securities losses, driven by the Company's second quarter of 2019 repositioning of a portion of the securities AFS portfolio, which resulted in $42 million of gross realized losses. This repositioning in the second quarter of 2019 was not due to any requirement to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery or maturity.

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Gross realized gains		$4		 		$—		 		$4		 		$7		
Gross realized losses	—		 	—		 	(42	)	 	(6	)	
OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net securities gains/(losses)		$4		 		$—		 		($38	)	 		$1		

Investment securities in an unrealized loss position are evaluated quarterly for other-than-temporary credit impairment, which is determined using cash flow analyses that take into account security specific collateral and transaction structure. Future expected credit losses are determined using various assumptions, the most significant of which include default rates, prepayment rates, and loss severities. If, based on this analysis, a security is
 
in an unrealized loss position and the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the expected cash flows are then discounted at the security’s initial effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Credit losses on the OTTI security are recognized in earnings and reflect the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the security. Subsequent credit losses may be recorded on OTTI securities without a corresponding further decline in fair value when there has been a decline in expected cash flows. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's accounting policy on securities AFS and related impairments.
The Company seeks to reduce its exposure on any existing OTTI securities primarily through paydowns. In certain instances, the amount of credit losses recognized in earnings on a debt security exceeds the total unrealized losses on the security, which may result in unrealized gains relating to factors other than credit recorded in AOCI, net of tax.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, there were no credit impairment losses recognized on securities AFS held at the end of the period. The accumulated balance of OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings on securities AFS held at period end was zero at both September 30, 2019 and 2018.

18

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 6 - LOANS
Composition of Loan Portfolio

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	
C&I 1		$73,374		 		$71,137		
CRE	9,491		 	7,265		
Commercial construction	2,142		 	2,538		
Total commercial LHFI	85,007		 	80,940		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	457		 	459		
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2	28,810		 	28,836		
Residential home equity products	8,696		 	9,468		
Residential construction	144		 	184		
Guaranteed student	7,146		 	7,229		
Other direct	12,431		 	10,615		
Indirect	14,060		 	12,419		
Credit cards	1,704		 	1,689		
Total consumer LHFI	73,448		 	70,899		
LHFI		$158,455		 		$151,839		
LHFS 3		$2,006		 		$1,468		
1 Includes $4.0 billion and $4.1 billion of sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Includes $817 million and $796 million of installment loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
2 Includes $124 million and $163 million measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
3 Includes $1.5 billion and $1.2 billion measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

	
																
LHFI Purchases, Sales, and Transfers	
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Non-routine LHFI purchases 1, 2:	
Consumer loans		$160		 		$101		 		$418		 		$101		
Routine LHFI purchases 2, 3:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer loans	517		 	545		 	1,433		 	1,568		
LHFI sales 4, 5:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial loans	171		 	14		 	387		 	87		
Consumer loans	—		 	—		 	432		 	100		
Transfers from:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFI to LHFS	 	 	 	 	812		 	449		
LHFS to LHFI	 	 	 	 	17		 	23		
LHFI to OREO	 	 	 	 	33		 	44		
1 Purchases are episodic in nature and are conducted based on specific business strategies.
2 Represents UPB of loans purchased.
3 Purchases are routine in nature and are conducted in the normal course of business.
4 Excludes sales of loans originated for sale and loans recorded at fair value conducted in the normal course of business.
5 The net gain on LHFI sales was $47 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and was immaterial for the three months ended September 30, 2019 as well as the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018.

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had $33.3 billion and $28.1 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the Federal Reserve discount window to support $24.4 billion and $21.3 billion of available, unused borrowing capacity, respectively.
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had $39.8 billion and $39.2 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the FHLB of Atlanta to support $32.5 billion and $31.0 billion of available borrowing capacity, respectively. The available FHLB borrowing capacity at September 30, 2019 was used to support $7.5 billion of advances and $4.2 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf. At December 31, 2018, the available FHLB borrowing capacity was used to support $5.0 billion of advances and $5.8 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf.
Credit Quality Evaluation
The Company evaluates the credit quality of its LHFI portfolio by employing a dual internal risk rating system, which assigns both PD and LGD ratings to derive expected losses. Assignment of these ratings are predicated upon numerous factors, including consumer credit risk scores, rating agency information, borrower/guarantor financial capacity, LTV ratios, collateral type, debt service coverage ratios, collection experience, other internal metrics/analyses, and/or qualitative assessments.
For the commercial portfolio, the Company believes that the most appropriate credit quality indicator is an individual loan’s risk assessment expressed according to the broad regulatory agency classifications of Pass or Criticized. The Company conforms to the following regulatory classifications for Criticized assets: Other Assets Especially Mentioned (or Special Mention), Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss. However, for the purposes of disclosure, management believes the most meaningful distinction within the Criticized categories is between Criticized accruing (which includes Special Mention and a portion of Substandard) and Criticized nonaccruing (which includes a portion of Substandard as well as Doubtful and Loss). This distinction identifies those relatively higher risk loans for which there is a basis to believe that the Company will not collect all amounts due under those loan agreements. The Company's risk rating system is more granular, with multiple risk ratings in both the Pass and Criticized categories. Pass ratings reflect relatively low PDs; whereas, Criticized assets have higher PDs. The granularity in Pass ratings assists in establishing pricing, loan structures, approval requirements, reserves, and ongoing credit management requirements. Commercial risk ratings are refreshed at least annually, or more frequently as appropriate, based upon considerations such as market conditions, borrower characteristics, and portfolio trends. Additionally, management routinely reviews portfolio risk ratings, trends, and concentrations to support risk identification and mitigation activities. As reflected in the following risk rating table, the increase in Criticized C&I loans at September 30, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, was due to certain borrower downgrades that occurred during 2019.

19

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

For consumer loans, the Company monitors credit risk based on indicators such as delinquencies and FICO scores. The Company believes that consumer credit risk, as assessed by the industry-wide FICO scoring method, is a relevant credit quality indicator. Borrower-specific FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of the Company’s formal underwriting process, and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company at least quarterly.
For guaranteed loans, the Company monitors the credit quality based primarily on delinquency status, as it is a more
 
relevant indicator of credit quality due to the government guarantee. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 29% and 27%, respectively, of guaranteed residential mortgages were current with respect to payments. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 78% and 72%, respectively, of guaranteed student loans were current with respect to payments. The Company's loss exposure on guaranteed residential mortgages and student loans is mitigated by the government guarantee.

LHFI by credit quality indicator are presented in the following tables:

																								
 	Commercial Loans	
 	C&I	 	CRE	 	Commercial Construction	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Risk rating:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pass		$70,739		 		$69,095		 		$9,410		 		$7,165		 		$2,082		 		$2,459		
Criticized accruing	2,285		 	1,885		 	80		 	98		 	60		 	79		
Criticized nonaccruing	350		 	157		 	1		 	2		 	—		 	—		
Total		$73,374		 		$71,137		 		$9,491		 		$7,265		 		$2,142		 		$2,538		

	
																								
 	 Consumer Loans 1	
 	Residential Mortgages -
Nonguaranteed	 	Residential Home Equity Products	 	Residential Construction	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Current FICO score range:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
700 and above		$25,985		 		$25,764		 		$7,406		 		$8,060		 		$116		 		$151		
620 - 699	2,219		 	2,367		 	929		 	1,015		 	22		 	27		
Below 620 2	606		 	705		 	361		 	393		 	6		 	6		
Total		$28,810		 		$28,836		 		$8,696		 		$9,468		 		$144		 		$184		

	
																								
 	Other Direct	 	Indirect	 	Credit Cards	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Current FICO score range:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
700 and above		$10,671		 		$9,296		 		$10,904		 		$9,315		 		$1,145		 		$1,142		
620 - 699	1,543		 	1,175		 	2,367		 	2,395		 	423		 	420		
Below 620 2	217		 	144		 	789		 	709		 	136		 	127		
Total		$12,431		 		$10,615		 		$14,060		 		$12,419		 		$1,704		 		$1,689		

1 Excludes $7.1 billion and $7.2 billion of guaranteed student loans and $457 million and $459 million of guaranteed residential mortgages at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.
2  For substantially all loans with refreshed FICO scores below 620, the borrower’s FICO score at the time of origination exceeded 620 but has since deteriorated as the loan has seasoned.

20

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The LHFI portfolio by payment status is presented in the following tables:

	
																				
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Accruing	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	Current	 	30-89 Days
Past Due	 	90+ Days
Past Due	 	 Nonaccruing 1	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$72,955		 		$55		 		$14		 		$350		 		$73,374		
CRE	9,486		 	3		 	1		 	1		 	9,491		
Commercial construction	2,142		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	2,142		
Total commercial LHFI	84,583		 	58		 	15		 	351		 	85,007		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	131		 	25		 	301		 	—		3 	457		
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2	28,620		 	55		 	10		 	125		 	28,810		
Residential home equity products	8,534		 	61		 	1		 	100		 	8,696		
Residential construction	135		 	1		 	—		 	8		 	144		
Guaranteed student	5,563		 	543		 	1,040		 	—		3 	7,146		
Other direct	12,362		 	53		 	5		 	11		 	12,431		
Indirect	13,951		 	103		 	1		 	5		 	14,060		
Credit cards	1,666		 	18		 	20		 	—		 	1,704		
Total consumer LHFI	70,962		 	859		 	1,378		 	249		 	73,448		
Total LHFI		$155,545		 		$917		 		$1,393		 		$600		 		$158,455		
1 Includes nonaccruing LHFI past due 90 days or more of $306 million. Nonaccruing LHFI past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual LHFI modified in TDRs, performing second lien LHFI where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial LHFI.
2 Includes $124 million of LHFI measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.
3 Guaranteed LHFI are not placed on nonaccrual status regardless of delinquency because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured by the government. 

	
																				
 	December 31, 2018	
 	Accruing	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	Current	 	30-89 Days
Past Due	 	90+ Days
Past Due	 	 Nonaccruing 1	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$70,901		 		$64		 		$15		 		$157		 		$71,137		
CRE	7,259		 	3		 	1		 	2		 	7,265		
Commercial construction	2,538		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	2,538		
Total commercial LHFI	80,698		 	67		 	16		 	159		 	80,940		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	125		 	39		 	295		 	—		3 	459		
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2	28,552		 	70		 	10		 	204		 	28,836		
Residential home equity products	9,268		 	62		 	—		 	138		 	9,468		
Residential construction	170		 	3		 	—		 	11		 	184		
Guaranteed student	5,236		 	685		 	1,308		 	—		3 	7,229		
Other direct	10,559		 	45		 	4		 	7		 	10,615		
Indirect	12,286		 	125		 	1		 	7		 	12,419		
Credit cards	1,654		 	17		 	18		 	—		 	1,689		
Total consumer LHFI	67,850		 	1,046		 	1,636		 	367		 	70,899		
Total LHFI		$148,548		 		$1,113		 		$1,652		 		$526		 		$151,839		
1 Includes nonaccruing LHFI past due 90 days or more of $306 million. Nonaccruing LHFI past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual LHFI modified in TDRs, performing second lien LHFI where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial LHFI.
2 Includes $163 million of LHFI measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.
3 Guaranteed LHFI are not placed on nonaccrual status regardless of delinquency because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured by the government.

21

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Impaired Loans
A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the agreement. Commercial nonaccrual loans greater than $3 million and certain commercial and consumer LHFI whose terms have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for
 
impairment. Smaller-balance homogeneous LHFI that are collectively evaluated for impairment and LHFI measured at fair value are not included in the following tables. Additionally, the following tables exclude guaranteed student loans and guaranteed residential mortgages for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.

	
																								
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Unpaid
Principal
Balance	 	 Carrying 1
Value	 	Related
ALLL	 	Unpaid
Principal
Balance	 	 Carrying 1
Value	 	Related
ALLL	
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$48		 		$39		 		$—		 		$132		 		$79		 		$—		
CRE	—		 	—		 	—		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Total commercial LHFI with no ALLL recorded	48		 	39		 	—		 	142		 	79		 	—		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	354		 	283		 	—		 	501		 	397		 	—		
Residential construction	7		 	4		 	—		 	12		 	7		 	—		
Total consumer LHFI with no ALLL recorded	361		 	287		 	—		 	513		 	404		 	—		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	311		 	300		 	71		 	81		 	70		 	13		
Total commercial LHFI with an ALLL recorded	311		 	300		 	71		 	81		 	70		 	13		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	561		 	561		 	54		 	1,006		 	984		 	96		
Residential home equity products	753		 	721		 	41		 	849		 	799		 	44		
Residential construction	70		 	68		 	5		 	79		 	76		 	6		
Other direct	57		 	57		 	1		 	57		 	57		 	1		
Indirect	136		 	135		 	4		 	133		 	133		 	5		
Credit cards	12		 	12		 	3		 	30		 	9		 	2		
Total consumer LHFI with an ALLL recorded	1,589		 	1,554		 	108		 	2,154		 	2,058		 	154		
Total impaired LHFI		$2,309		 		$2,180		 		$179		 		$2,890		 		$2,611		 		$167		
1 Carrying value reflects charge-offs that have been recognized plus other amounts that have been applied to adjust the net book balance.

Included in the impaired LHFI carrying values above at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were $1.8 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, of accruing TDRs held for investment, of which 97% were current. This reduction was driven by our sale of $465 million of accruing TDRs in the second
 
quarter of 2019 for a net gain on sale of $44 million. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further information regarding the Company’s loan impairment policy.

22

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Average
Carrying Value	 	 Interest 1
Income
Recognized	 	Average
Carrying Value	 	 Interest 1
Income
Recognized	 	Average
Carrying
Value	 	 Interest 1
Income
Recognized	 	Average
Carrying
Value	 	 Interest 1
Income
Recognized	
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$40		 		$—		 		$44		 		$—		 		$41		 		$—		 		$45		 		$1		
CRE	—		 	—		 	20		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	20		 	—		
Total commercial LHFI with no ALLL recorded	40		 	—		 	64		 	—		 	41		 	—		 	65		 	1		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	284		 	4		 	381		 	4		 	287		 	12		 	386		 	11		
Residential construction	4		 	—		 	7		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	7		 	—		
Total consumer LHFI with no ALLL recorded	288		 	4		 	388		 	4		 	291		 	12		 	393		 	11		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	303		 	2		 	177		 	—		 	305		 	8		 	176		 	3		
CRE	—		 	—		 	21		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	22		 	—		
Total commercial LHFI with an ALLL recorded	303		 	2		 	198		 	—		 	305		 	8		 	198		 	3		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	562		 	8		 	1,027		 	13		 	565		 	28		 	1,031		 	39		
Residential home equity products	723		 	8		 	824		 	9		 	732		 	25		 	833		 	27		
Residential construction	68		 	1		 	80		 	1		 	69		 	3		 	82		 	4		
Other direct	58		 	1		 	57		 	1		 	58		 	3		 	58		 	3		
Indirect	139		 	2		 	134		 	2		 	147		 	5		 	141		 	5		
Credit cards	12		 	—		 	8		 	—		 	11		 	1		 	8		 	1		
Total consumer LHFI with an ALLL recorded	1,562		 	20		 	2,130		 	26		 	1,582		 	65		 	2,153		 	79		
Total impaired LHFI		$2,193		 		$26		 		$2,780		 		$30		 		$2,219		 		$85		 		$2,809		 		$94		
1 Of the interest income recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, cash basis interest income was immaterial and $9 million, respectively.
Of the interest income recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, cash basis interest income was immaterial.

23

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NPAs are presented in the following table:

	
								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
NPAs:	 	 	 	
Commercial NPLs:	 	 	 	
C&I		$350		 		$157		
CRE	1		 	2		
Consumer NPLs:	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	125		 	204		
Residential home equity products	100		 	138		
Residential construction	8		 	11		
Other direct	11		 	7		
Indirect	5		 	7		
Total nonaccrual LHFI/NPLs 1	600		 	526		
OREO 2	52		 	54		
Other repossessed assets	8		 	9		
Nonperforming LHFS	1		 	—		
Total NPAs		$661		 		$589		
1 Nonaccruing restructured LHFI are included in total nonaccrual LHFI/NPLs.
2 Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA and the VA totaled $43 million and $50 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The Company's recorded investment of nonaccruing LHFI secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $73 million and $93 million, respectively. The Company's recorded investment of accruing LHFI secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $123 million and $110 million, of which $115 million and $103 million were insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, respectively.
 
At September 30, 2019, OREO included $50 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $1 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $1 million related to land.
At December 31, 2018, OREO included $50 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $2 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $2 million related to land.

24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Restructured Loans
A TDR is a loan for which the Company has granted an economic concession to a borrower in response to financial difficulty experienced by the borrower, which the Company would not have considered otherwise. When a loan is modified under the terms of a TDR, the Company typically offers the borrower an extension of the loan maturity date and/or a reduction in the original contractual interest rate. In limited situations, the Company may offer to restructure a loan in a manner that
 
ultimately results in the forgiveness of a contractually specified principal balance.
At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had an immaterial amount of commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a TDR. The number and carrying value of loans modified under the terms of a TDR, by type of modification, are presented in the following tables:

	
															
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019 1	
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	 	Rate Modification	 	Term Extension and/or Other Concessions	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	32		 		$—		 		$12		 		$12		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	30		 	2		 	2		 	4		
Residential home equity products	54		 	—		 	3		 	3		
Other direct	234		 	—		 	3		 	3		
Indirect	634		 	—		 	16		 	16		
Credit cards	537		 	3		 	—		 	3		
Total TDR additions	1,521		 		$5				$36		 		$41		
1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

	
															
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 1	
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	 	Rate Modification	 	Term Extension and/or Other Concessions	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	88		 		$1		 		$17		 		$18		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	88		 	4		 	7		 	11		
Residential home equity products	215		 	2		 	13		 	15		
Other direct	642		 	—		 	10		 	10		
Indirect	1,755		 	—		 	42		 	42		
Credit cards	1,531		 	7		 	—		 	7		
Total TDR additions	4,319		 		$14		 		$89		 		$103		

1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
															
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018 1	
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	 	Rate Modification	 	Term Extension and/or Other Concessions	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	47		 		$—		 		$16		 		$16		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	48		 	3		 	7		 	10		
Residential home equity products	130		 	1		 	11		 	12		
Other direct	141		 	—		 	2		 	2		
Indirect	559		 	—		 	14		 	14		
Credit cards	345		 	1		 	—		 	1		
Total TDR additions	1,270		 		$5		 		$50		 		$55		
1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

															
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 1	
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	 	Rate Modification	 	Term Extension and/or Other Concessions	 	Total	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I	122		 		$—		 		$75		 		$75		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	267		 	18		 	46		 	64		
Residential home equity products	410		 	1		 	34		 	35		
Residential construction	4		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Other direct	469		 	—		 	6		 	6		
Indirect	1,954		 	—		 	46		 	46		
Credit cards	1,079		 	4		 	—		 	4		
Total TDR additions	4,305		 		$23		 		$207		 		$230		
1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

TDRs that defaulted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, which were first modified within the previous twelve months, were immaterial. The majority of loans that were modified under the terms of a TDR and subsequently became 90 days or more delinquent have remained on nonaccrual status since the time of delinquency.

Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company does not have a significant concentration of credit risk to any individual client except for the U.S. government and its agencies. However, a geographic concentration arises because the majority of the Company's LHFI portfolio represents borrowers that reside in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, Texas, and Maryland. The Company’s cross-border outstanding loans totaled $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
 
With respect to collateral concentration, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.1 billion at September 30, 2019 and represented 24% of total LHFI. At December 31, 2018, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.9 billion and represented 26% of total LHFI. Additionally, at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had commitments to extend credit on home equity lines of $10.6 billion and $10.3 billion, and had residential mortgage commitments outstanding of $5.7 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively. At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 1% of the Company's LHFI secured by residential real estate was insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

26

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 7 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the unfunded commitments reserve. Activity in the allowance for credit losses by LHFI segment is presented in the following tables:

																								
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	Commercial	 	Consumer	 	Total	 	Commercial	 	Consumer	 	Total	
ALLL, beginning of period		$1,202		 		$479		 		$1,681		 		$1,080		 		$535		 		$1,615		
Provision for loan losses	42		 	88		 	130		 	208		 	201		 	409		
Loan charge-offs	(35	)	 	(104	)	 	(139	)	 	(88	)	 	(289	)	 	(377	)	
Loan recoveries	5		 	22		 	27		 	14		 	69		 	83		
Other 1	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(31	)	 	(31	)	
ALLL, end of period	1,214		 	485		 	1,699		 	1,214		 	485		 	1,699		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unfunded commitments reserve, beginning of period 2	70		 	—		 	70		 	69		 	—		 	69		
Provision for unfunded commitments	2		 	—		 	2		 	3		 	—		 	3		
Unfunded commitments reserve, end of period 2	72		 	—		 	72		 	72		 	—		 	72		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for credit losses, end of period		$1,286		 		$485		 		$1,771		 		$1,286		 		$485		 		$1,771		

1  Represents the allowance for restructured loans that were transferred from LHFI to LHFS in the first quarter of 2019 and subsequently sold in the second quarter of 2019.
2 The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

	
																								
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Commercial	 	Consumer	 	Total	 	Commercial	 	Consumer	 	Total	
ALLL, beginning of period		$1,068		 		$582		 		$1,650		 		$1,101		 		$634		 		$1,735		
Provision for loan losses	36		 	25		 	61		 	37		 	91		 	128		
Loan charge-offs	(51	)	 	(71	)	 	(122	)	 	(95	)	 	(234	)	 	(329	)	
Loan recoveries	9		 	25		 	34		 	19		 	70		 	89		
ALLL, end of period	1,062		 	561		 	1,623		 	1,062		 	561		 	1,623		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unfunded commitments reserve, beginning of period 1	72		 	—		 	72		 	79		 	—		 	79		
(Benefit)/provision for unfunded commitments	—		 	—		 	—		 	(7	)	 	—		 	(7	)	
Unfunded commitments reserve, end of period 1	72		 	—		 	72		 	72		 	—		 	72		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for credit losses, end of period		$1,134		 		$561		 		$1,695		 		$1,134		 		$561		 		$1,695		

1 The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As discussed in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the ALLL is composed of both specific allowances for certain nonaccrual loans and TDRs, and general allowances for groups of LHFI with similar risk characteristics. No allowance is required for LHFI
 
measured at fair value. Additionally, the Company records an immaterial allowance for LHFI products that are insured by federal agencies or guaranteed by GSEs, as there is nominal risk of principal loss.

27

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The Company’s LHFI portfolio and related ALLL are presented in the following tables:

																								
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Commercial Loans	 	Consumer Loans	 	Total	
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	 	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	 	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	
LHFI evaluated for impairment:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Individually evaluated		$339		 		$71		 		$1,841		 		$108		 		$2,180		 		$179		
Collectively evaluated	84,668		 	1,143		 	71,483		 	377		 	156,151		 	1,520		
Total evaluated	85,007		 	1,214		 	73,324		 	485		 	158,331		 	1,699		
LHFI measured at fair value	—		 	—		 	124		 	—		 	124		 	—		
Total LHFI		$85,007		 		$1,214		 		$73,448		 		$485		 		$158,455		 		$1,699		

	
																								
 	December 31, 2018	
 	Commercial Loans	 	Consumer Loans	 	Total	
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	 	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	 	Carrying
Value	 	Related
ALLL	
LHFI evaluated for impairment:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Individually evaluated		$149		 		$13		 		$2,462		 		$154		 		$2,611		 		$167		
Collectively evaluated	80,791		 	1,067		 	68,274		 	381		 	149,065		 	1,448		
Total evaluated	80,940		 	1,080		 	70,736		 	535		 	151,676		 	1,615		
LHFI measured at fair value	—		 	—		 	163		 	—		 	163		 	—		
Total LHFI		$80,940		 		$1,080		 		$70,899		 		$535		 		$151,839		 		$1,615		

NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The Company conducts a qualitative goodwill assessment at the reporting unit level at least quarterly, or more frequently as events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performed a qualitative goodwill assessment for the Consumer and Wholesale reporting units in the first, second, and third quarters of 2019, and concluded that a quantitative goodwill impairment test was not necessary for either reporting unit as it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of both reporting units were greater than their respective
 
carrying amounts. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information and the Company’s goodwill accounting policy.
There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are presented in the following table.

												
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer	 	Wholesale	 	Total	
Balance, January 1, 2018		$4,262		 		$2,069		 		$6,331		
Reallocation related to intersegment transfer of business banking clients	128		 	(128	)	 	—		
Balance, September 30, 2018		$4,390		 		$1,941		 		$6,331		

28

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Other Intangible Assets
Changes in the carrying amount of other intangible assets are presented in the following table:

																
(Dollars in millions)	Residential MSRs - Fair Value	 	Commercial MSRs - Amortized Cost	 	Other	 	Total	
Balance, January 1, 2019		$1,983		 		$66		 		$13		 		$2,062		
Amortization 1	—		 	(8	)	 	(1	)	 	(9	)	
Servicing rights originated	237		 	14		 	—		 	251		
Changes in fair value:	 	 	 	 	 	 			
Due to changes in inputs and assumptions 2	(439	)	 	—		 	—		 	(439	)	
Other changes in fair value 3	(215	)	 	—		 	—		 	(215	)	
Servicing rights sold	(2	)	 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	
Balance, September 30, 2019		$1,564		 		$72		 		$12		 		$1,648		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2018		$1,710		 		$65		 		$16		 		$1,791		
Amortization 1	—		 	(11	)	 	(2	)	 	(13	)	
Servicing rights originated	250		 	10		 	—		 	260		
Servicing rights purchased	89		 	—		 	—		 	89		
Changes in fair value:	 	 	 	 	 	 			
Due to changes in inputs and assumptions 2	198		 	—		 	—		 	198		
Other changes in fair value 3	(183	)	 	—		 	—		 	(183	)	
Servicing rights sold	(2	)	 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	
Balance, September 30, 2018		$2,062		 		$64		 		$14		 		$2,140		
1 Does not include expense associated with community development investments. See Note 11, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities,” for additional information.
2 Primarily reflects changes in option adjusted spreads and prepayment speed assumptions due to changes in interest rates.
3 Represents changes due to the collection of expected cash flows, net of accretion due to the passage of time.

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets are presented in the following table:

																								
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Gross Carrying Value	 	Accumulated Amortization	 	Net Carrying Value	 	Gross Carrying Value	 	Accumulated Amortization	 	Net Carrying Value	
Amortized other intangible assets 1:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial MSRs		$109		 		($37	)	 		$72		 		$95		 		($29	)	 		$66		
Other	6		 	(6	)	 	—		 	6		 	(5	)	 	1		
Unamortized other intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential MSRs	1,564		 	—		 	1,564		 	1,983		 	—		 	1,983		
Other	12		 	—		 	12		 	12		 	—		 	12		
Total other intangible assets		$1,691		 		($43	)	 		$1,648		 		$2,096		 		($34	)	 		$2,062		
1 Excludes other intangible assets that are indefinite-lived, carried at fair value, or fully amortized.

Servicing Rights
The Company acquires servicing rights and retains servicing rights for certain of its sales or securitizations of residential mortgages and commercial loans. Servicing rights on residential and commercial mortgages are capitalized by the Company and are classified as Other intangible assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
Income earned by the Company on its residential MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs, and is presented in the following table.

	
																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Income from residential MSRs 1		$110		 		$108		 		$331		 		$322		
1 Recognized in Mortgage-related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The UPB of residential mortgage loans serviced for third parties is presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
UPB of loans underlying residential MSRs		$135,029		 		$140,801		

29

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

No MSRs on residential loans were purchased during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Company purchased MSRs on residential loans with a UPB of $7.0 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2018. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company sold MSRs on residential loans, at a price approximating their fair value, with a UPB of $708 million and $781 million, respectively.
The Company measures the fair value of its residential MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using prepayment projections, spreads, and other assumptions. The Consumer Valuation Committee reviews and approves all significant assumption changes at least annually, drawing upon various market and empirical data sources. Changes to valuation model inputs are reflected in the periods’ results. For additional information regarding the Company’s residential MSR valuation methodology, see Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A summary of the significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs and the uncertainty of the fair values in response to 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs at the reporting date are presented in the following table.

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Fair value of residential MSRs		$1,564		 		$1,983		
Prepayment rate assumption (annual)	15	%	 	13	%	
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$95		 		$96		
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	180		 	183		
Option adjusted spread (annual)	3	%	 	2	%	
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$28		 		$44		
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	56		 	86		
Weighted-average life (in years)	4.4		 	5.5		
Weighted-average coupon	4.0	%	 	4.0	%	

Residential MSR uncertainties are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because (i) the relationship of the change in an assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear and (ii) changes in one assumption may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the uncertainties. The uncertainties do not reflect the effect of hedging activity undertaken by the Company to offset changes in the fair value of MSRs. See Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further information regarding these hedging activities.
Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights
Income earned by the Company on its commercial MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified servicing fees and other ancillary fees. The Company also earns income from subservicing certain third party commercial mortgages for which the Company does not record servicing rights.
 
The following table presents the Company’s income earned from servicing commercial mortgages.

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Income from commercial MSRs 1		$6		 		$5		 		$19		 		$20		
Income from subservicing third party commercial mortgages 1	5		 	3		 	13		 	9		
1 Recognized in Commercial real estate-related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The UPB of commercial mortgage loans serviced for third parties is presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
UPB of commercial mortgages subserviced for third parties		$32,725		 		$28,140		
UPB of loans underlying commercial MSRs	7,391		 	6,399		
Total UPB of commercial mortgages serviced for third parties		$40,116		 		$34,539		

No commercial MSRs were purchased or sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.
Commercial MSRs are accounted for at amortized cost and are monitored for impairment on an ongoing basis. The Company calculates the fair value of commercial MSRs based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income, considering prepayment projections and other assumptions. Impairment, if any, is recognized when the carrying value of the servicing asset exceeds the fair value at the measurement date. The amortized cost of the Company’s commercial MSRs was $72 million and $66 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
A summary of the significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s commercial MSRs and the uncertainty of the fair values in response to 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs at the reporting date, are presented in the following table.

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Fair value of commercial MSRs		$80		 		$77		
Discount rate (annual)	12	%	 	12	%	
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$3		 		$3		
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	6		 	6		
Prepayment rate assumption (annual)	7	%	 	5	%	
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$1		 		$1		
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	2		 	2		
Weighted-average life (in years)	8.6		 	8.1		
Float earnings rate (annual)	1.1	%	 	1.1	%	

Commercial MSR uncertainties are hypothetical and should be used with caution.

30

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 9 - OTHER ASSETS
The components of other assets are presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Equity securities 1:	 	 	 	
Marketable equity securities:	 	 	 	
Mutual fund investments		$66		 		$79		
Other equity	10		 	16		
Nonmarketable equity securities:	 	 	 	
Federal Reserve Bank stock	403		 	403		
FHLB stock	334		 	227		
Other equity	84		 	68		
Tax credit investments 2	1,998		 	1,722		
Bank-owned life insurance	1,652		 	1,627		
Lease assets:	 	 	 	
Operating lease right-of-use assets 3	1,110		 	—		
Underlying lessor assets
subject to operating leases, net 3	1,090		 	1,205		
Build-to-suit lease assets	993		 	735		
Accrued income	1,106		 	1,106		
Accounts receivable	825		 	602		
Pension assets, net	499		 	484		
Prepaid expenses	285		 	231		
OREO	52		 	54		
Other	489		 	432		
Total other assets		$10,996		 		$8,991		
1 Does not include equity securities held for trading purposes classified as Trading assets and derivative instruments or Trading liabilities and derivative instruments on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments,” for more information.
2 See Note 11, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities,” for additional information.
3 See Note 10, “Leases,” for additional information.
Equity Securities Not Classified as Trading Assets or Liabilities
Equity securities with readily determinable fair values (marketable) that are not held for trading purposes are recorded at fair value and include mutual fund investments and other publicly traded equity securities.
Equity securities without readily determinable fair values (nonmarketable) that are not held for trading purposes include Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta and FHLB of Atlanta capital stock, both held at cost, as well as other equity securities that the Company elected to account for under the measurement alternative. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the Company’s accounting policy for equity securities.

The following table summarizes net gains/(losses) on equity securities not classified as trading assets:

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Net (losses)/gains on marketable equity securities 1		($6	)	 		($4	)	 		($3	)	 		$10		
Net gains/(losses) on nonmarketable equity securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Remeasurement losses and impairment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Remeasurement gains 1	16		 	7		 	16		 	30		
Less: Net realized gains on sale	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Total net unrealized gains on non-trading equity securities		$10		 		$3		 		$13		 		$40		

1 Recognized in Other noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance consists of life insurance policies held on certain employees for which the Company is the beneficiary. These policies provide the Company an efficient form of funding for retirement and other employee benefits costs.
Build-to-Suit Lease Assets
Build-to-suit lease assets includes assets under construction associated with the Company’s build-to-suit leasing arrangements for clients. A direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease is created after construction of the build-to-suit lease asset is complete.
Accrued Income
Accrued income consists primarily of interest and other income accrued on the Company’s LHFI. Interest income on loans, except those classified as nonaccrual, is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amounts using the effective yield method. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding the Company’s accounting policy for loans.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consists primarily of receivables from brokers, dealers, and customers related to pending loan trades, unsettled trades of securities, loan-related advances, and investment securities income due but not received. Accounts receivable also includes proceeds due from the FHA and the VA on foreclosed real estate related to loans that are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
Pension Assets
Pension assets (net) represent the funded status of the Company’s overfunded pension and other postretirement benefits plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at period end.

31

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 10 - LEASES

The Company adopted ASC Topic 842, Leases, on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach. As permitted by ASC 842, the Company elected not to reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are leases or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, and (iii) the initial direct costs for existing leases.

Lessee Accounting
The Company's right-of-use assets, lease liabilities, and associated balance sheet classifications are presented in the following table:

						
(Dollars in millions)	Classification	 	September 30, 2019	
Assets:	 	 	 	
Operating lease right-of-use assets	Other assets	 		$1,110		
Finance lease right-of-use assets	Premises, property, and equipment, net	 	24		
Total right-of-use assets	 	 		$1,134		
Liabilities:	 	 	 	
Operating leases	Other liabilities	 		$1,189		
Finance leases	Long-term debt	 	26		
Total lease liabilities	 	 		$1,215		

The Company leases certain assets, consisting primarily of real estate, and assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A right-of-use asset and lease liability is recorded on the balance sheet for all leases except those with an original lease term of twelve months or less.
The Company's leases typically have lease terms between five years and ten years, with the longest lease term having an expiration date in 2081. Most of these leases include one or more renewal options for five years or less, and certain leases also include lessee termination options. At lease commencement, the Company assesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise a renewal option, or reasonably certain not to exercise a termination option, by considering various economic factors. Options that are reasonably certain of being exercised are factored into the determination of the lease term, and related payments are included in the calculation of the right-of-use asset and lease liability.
The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of lease payments when the interest
 
rate implicit in a lease is not disclosed. Variable lease payments that are linked to a certain rate or index, such as the CPI, are included in the present value of lease payments and measured using the prevailing rate or index at lease commencement, with changes in the associated rate or index recognized in earnings during the period in which the change occurs. The right-of-use asset and lease liability are not remeasured as a result of any subsequent change in the index or rate unless remeasurement is required for another reason. Variable lease payments that are not linked to a certain rate or index are comprised primarily of operating costs. The Company accounts for each separate lease component of a contract and its associated non-lease components as a single lease component for all of its real estate leases.
At September 30, 2019, the Company had operating leases that had not yet commenced with undiscounted cash flows totaling less than $100 million. Leases that do not commence until a future date generally include executed ground and office space leases where construction is underway and the Company does not control the underlying asset during the construction.

The components of total lease cost and other supplemental lease information are presented in the following tables:

								
(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
Components of total lease cost:	 	 	 	
Operating lease cost		$49		 		$152		
Finance lease cost:	 	 	 	
Amortization of right-of-use assets	1		 	3		
Variable lease cost	10		 	27		
Less: Sublease income	(1	)	 	(4	)	
Total lease cost, net		$59		 		$178		

32

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
								
(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
Supplemental lease information	 	 	 	
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:	 	 	 	
Operating cash flows from operating leases		$47		 		$144		
Operating cash flows from finance leases	1		 	1		
Financing cash flows from finance leases	3		 	5		
 	 	 	 	
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets (subsequent to adoption):	 	 	 	
Operating leases	7		 	30		
Finance leases	—		 	11		

Weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates are presented in the following table:

			
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):	 	
Operating leases	8.0		
Finance leases	7.0		
Weighted-average discount rate (annual):	 	
Operating leases	3.3	%	
Finance leases	6.6		

The following table presents a maturity analysis of the Company's operating and finance lease liabilities at September 30, 2019:

												
(Dollars in millions)	Operating Leases	 	Finance Leases	 	Total	
Year 1		$185		 		$5		 		$190		
Year 2	194		 	5		 	199		
Year 3	179		 	5		 	184		
Year 4	158		 	5		 	163		
Year 5	140		 	3		 	143		
Thereafter	518		 	11		 	529		
Total lease payments	1,374		 	34		 	1,408		
Less: Imputed interest	(185	)	 	(8	)	 	(193	)	
Present value of lease liabilities		$1,189		 		$26		 		$1,215		

Lessor Accounting
The Company’s two primary lessor businesses are equipment financing and structured real estate. In addition, the Company is the lessor in circumstances where a portion of its corporate owned real estate is leased to other tenants.
Payment terms are typically fixed; however, some agreements contain variable lease payments linked to an index or rate, such as the CPI or LIBOR. In certain agreements, lease payments increase based on a fixed percentage after a set duration of time. Variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate are included in the net lease investment for sales-type or direct financing leases, and are included in lease receivables for operating leases using the prevailing index or rate at lease commencement. The Company has elected to exclude its sales tax collection and remission activity from being reported as lease revenue with an associated expense.
The Company’s leases generally do not contain non-lease components. If a lease does contain non-lease components, the Company has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components for each class of underlying asset in which it is the lessor, when the timing and patterns of revenue recognition for the components are the same, and the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease.
 
Equipment Financing
The Company finances various types of essential-use business equipment, such as transportation and construction equipment, under operating, sales-type, and direct financing leases. Lease terms are generally noncancelable and range between three years and fifteen years. Most lease agreements contain renewal options that range from one month to three years, and are generally reset at the effective fair market value at time of renewal. Certain lease agreements also include an option to purchase the lease asset at least twelve months prior to the end of the lease term.
The Company evaluates various inputs when estimating the amount it expects to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term, including but not limited to, appraisals and inputs from third party sources, and historical portfolio experience. The Company manages residual risk on an individual lease basis, and in certain cases, obtains lessee residual value guarantees or enters into remarketing agreements in the event of lessee default or lease termination. The Company performs a review of residual risk annually and obtains a third party appraisal for the majority of leased assets. At September 30, 2019, the carrying amount of residual assets covered by residual value guarantees was $106 million.

33

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Structured Real Estate
The Company offers structured real estate arrangements, including build-to-suit arrangements, whereby real property is leased to corporate clients under operating, sales-type, and direct financing leases. These leases typically have noncancelable terms that range between fifteen years and twenty years as well as multiple renewal options that can extend a lease up to an additional twenty years. These leases generally do not have termination or purchase options.
When a lease asset is acquired, the amount the Company expects to derive from the underlying asset is estimated using
 
property appraisal values and assumptions regarding the economic life of the asset. The Company manages residual risk through continuous monitoring of the associated asset and credit quality of the lessee, which may include site visits to view the property and surrounding area. In certain cases, the Company may obtain third party residual value guarantees. In most instances, there are no lessee residual value guarantees. Assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. At September 30, 2019, the carrying amount of residual assets covered by residual value guarantees was $12 million.

The components of total lease income are presented in the following table:

								
(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
Interest income from sales-type and direct financing leases		$37		 		$111		
Lease income relating to operating leases	52		 	157		
Lease income relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease receivable	1		 	3		
Total lease income		$90		 		$271		

Components of the Company's net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases are presented in the following table:

				
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	
Carrying amount of lease receivables		$3,657		
Unguaranteed residual assets	149		
Net investment in sales-type and direct financing lease assets 1		$3,806		

1 Included in LHFS and LHFI on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table presents a maturity analysis of the Company's sales-type and direct financing lease receivables at September 30, 2019:

				
(Dollars in millions)	Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases	
Year 1		$876		
Year 2	746		
Year 3	585		
Year 4	411		
Year 5	328		
Thereafter	1,256		
Total lease receivables	4,202		
Less: Reconciling items 1	(545	)	
Present value of lease receivables		$3,657		

1 Primarily comprised of interest and guaranteed residual assets.

34

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table presents a maturity analysis of the Company's operating lease payments to be received as of September 30, 2019:

				
(Dollars in millions)	Operating Leases	
Year 1		$191		
Year 2	155		
Year 3	127		
Year 4	95		
Year 5	94		
Thereafter	225		
Total lease payments to be received		$887		

Underlying lessor assets subject to operating leases at September 30, 2019 consisted of the following:

						
(Dollars in millions)	Useful life
(in years)	 	September 30, 2019	
Underlying lessor assets subject to operating leases: 1	 	 	 	
Real estate 2	15 - 20	 		$116		
Equipment	2 - 30	 	1,539		
Total underlying lessor assets subject to operating leases	 	 	1,655		
Less: Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(565	)	
Underlying lessor assets subject to operating leases, net 3	 	 		$1,090		

1 Excludes owned assets subject to operating leases that are held and used by the Company and which are included in Premises, property, and equipment, net, on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2 Includes certain land parcels subject to operating leases that have indefinite lives.
3 Included in Other Assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Depreciation expense on underlying assets subject to operating leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 totaled $35 million and $106 million, respectively.

NOTE 11 - CERTAIN TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Company has transferred loans and securities in sale or securitization transactions for which the Company retains certain beneficial interests, servicing rights, and/or recourse. These transfers of financial assets include certain residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, and commercial loans, as discussed in the following section, "Transfers of Financial Assets." Cash receipts on beneficial interests held related to these transfers were immaterial for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.
When a transfer or other transaction occurs with a VIE, the Company first determines whether it has a VI in the VIE. A VI is typically in the form of securities representing retained interests in transferred assets and, at times, servicing rights, and for commercial mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae, the loss share guarantee. See Note 15, “Guarantees,” for further discussion of the Company's loss share guarantee. When determining whether to consolidate the VIE, the Company evaluates whether it is a primary beneficiary which has both (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
To determine whether a transfer should be accounted for as a sale or a secured borrowing, the Company evaluates whether: (i) the transferred assets are legally isolated, (ii) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control of the transferred assets. If all three conditions are met, then the transfer is accounted for as a sale.
Except as specifically noted herein, the Company is not required to provide additional financial support to any of the entities to which the Company has transferred financial assets, nor has the Company provided any support it was not otherwise obligated to provide. No events occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 that changed the Company’s previous conclusions regarding whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs described herein. Furthermore, no events occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 that changed the Company’s sale conclusion with regards to previously transferred residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, or commercial loans.

35

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Transfers of Financial Assets
The following discussion summarizes transfers of financial assets to entities for which the Company has retained some level of continuing involvement.
Consumer Loans
Residential Mortgage Loans
The Company typically transfers first lien residential mortgage loans in conjunction with Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securitization transactions, whereby the loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, and servicing rights are retained.
The Company sold residential mortgage loans to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $108 million and $223 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, and pre-tax net gains of $46 million and $53 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. Net gains/losses on the sale of residential mortgage LHFS are recorded at inception of the associated IRLCs and reflect the change in value of the loans resulting from changes in interest rates from the time the Company enters into the related IRLCs with borrowers until the loans are sold, but do not include the results of hedging activities initiated by the Company to mitigate this market risk. See Note 16, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for further discussion of the Company's hedging activities. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans. See Note 15, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding representations and warranties.

Guaranteed Student Loans
The Company has securitized government-guaranteed student loans through a transfer of loans to a securitization entity and retained the residual interest in the entity. The Company concluded that this entity should be consolidated because the Company has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, and the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflected $147 million and $165 million of assets
 
held by the securitization entity and $143 million and $161 million of debt issued by the entity, respectively, inclusive of related accrued interest.
To the extent that the securitization entity incurs losses on its assets, the securitization entity has recourse to the guarantor of the underlying loan, which is backed by the Department of Education up to a maximum guarantee of 98%, or in the event of death, disability, or bankruptcy, 100%. When not fully guaranteed, losses reduce the amount of available cash payable to the Company as the owner of the residual interest. To the extent that losses result from a breach of servicing responsibilities, the Company, which functions as the master servicer, may be required to repurchase the defaulted loan(s) at par value. If the breach was caused by the subservicer, the Company would seek reimbursement from the subservicer up to the guaranteed amount. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to the securitization entity would arise from a breach of its servicing responsibilities. To date, loss claims filed with the guarantor that have been denied due to servicing errors have either been, or are in the process of being cured, or reimbursement has been provided to the Company by the subservicer, or in limited cases, absorbed by the Company.
Commercial Loans
The Company originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans. The Company transferred commercial loans to these Agencies and GSEs, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $9 million and $28 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, and pre-tax net gains of $8 million and $22 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. The loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, with servicing rights retained. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans and has entered into a loss share guarantee related to certain loans transferred to Fannie Mae. See Note 15, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding the commercial mortgage loan loss share guarantee.

36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The Company's total managed loans, including the LHFI portfolio and other transferred loans (securitized and unsecuritized), are presented in the following table by portfolio balance and delinquency status (accruing loans 90 days or more past due and all nonaccrual loans) at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, as well as the related net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

																																	
 	Portfolio Balance	 	Past Due and Nonaccrual	 	Net Charge-offs	 	
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	
(Dollars in millions)								 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 	
LHFI portfolio:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial		$85,007		 		$80,940		 		$366		 		$175		 		$30		 		$42		 		$74		 		$76		 	
Consumer	73,448		 	70,899		 	1,627		 	2,003		 	82		 	46		 	220		 	164		 	
Total LHFI portfolio	158,455		 	151,839		 	1,993		 	2,178		 	112		 	88		 	294		 	240		 	
Managed securitized loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial 1	7,391		 	6,399		 	7		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	
Consumer	134,515		 	139,809		 	114		 	146		 	—		2 	1		2 	1		2 	5		2 	
Total managed securitized loans	141,906		 	146,208		 	121		 	146		 	—		 	1		 	1		 	5		 	
Managed unsecuritized loans 3	514		 	1,134		 	61		 	152		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	
Total managed loans		$300,875		 		$299,181		 		$2,175		 		$2,476		 		$112		 		$89		 		$295		 		$245		 	

1 Comprised of commercial mortgages sold through Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae securitizations, whereby servicing has been retained by the Company.
2 Amounts associated with $212 million and $387 million of managed securitized loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Net charge-off data is not reported to the Company for the remaining balance of $134.3 billion and $139.4 billion of managed securitized loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
3 Comprised of unsecuritized loans the Company originated and sold to private investors with servicing rights retained. Net charge-offs on these loans are not presented in the table as the data is not reported to the Company by the private investors that own these related loans.

Other Variable Interest Entities
In addition to exposure to VIEs arising from transfers of financial assets, the Company also has involvement with VIEs from other business activities.
Tax Credit Investments
The following table presents information related to the Company's investments in tax credit VIEs that it does not consolidate:

																
 	Community Development Investments	 	Renewable Energy Partnerships	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Carrying value of investments 1		$1,943		 		$1,636		 		$55		 		$86		
Maximum exposure to loss related to investments 2	2,379		 	2,207		 	241		 	138		
1 At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the carrying value of community development investments excludes $67 million and $68 million of investments in funds that do not qualify for tax credits, respectively.
2 At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company's maximum exposure to loss related to community development investments includes $470 million and $422 million of loans and $593 million and $639 million of unfunded equity commitments, respectively. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company's maximum exposure to loss related to renewable energy partnerships includes $186 million and $52 million of unfunded equity commitments, respectively.

Community Development Investments
The Company invests in multi-family affordable housing partnership developments and other community development entities as a limited partner and/or a lender. The carrying value of these investments is recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company receives tax credits for its limited partner investments, which are recorded in Provision for income taxes in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Amortization recognized on qualified affordable housing partnerships is recorded in the Provision for income taxes, net of the related tax benefits, in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Amortization recognized on other community development investments is recorded in Amortization in the Company's Consolidated
 
Statements of Income. The Company has determined that the majority of the related partnerships are VIEs.
The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of these investments when it invests as a limited partner and there is a third party general partner. The general partner, or an affiliate of the general partner, often provides guarantees to the limited partner, which protects the Company from construction and operating losses and tax credit allocation deficits. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss would result from the loss of its limited partner investments, net of liabilities, along with loans or interest rate swap exposures related to these investments as well as unfunded equity commitments that the Company is required to fund if certain conditions are met.

37

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table presents tax credits and amortization associated with the Company’s investments in community development investments:

																																
 	Tax Credits	 	Amortization	
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Qualified affordable housing partnerships		$33		 		$28		 		$98		 		$87		 		$35		 		$29		 		$103		 		$92		
Other community development investments	25		 	23		 	64		 	62		 	21		 	19		 	53		 	49		

Renewable Energy Partnerships
In the second quarter of 2018, the Company began investing in entities that promote renewable energy sources as a limited partner. The carrying value of these renewable energy partnership investments is recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the associated tax credits received for these investments are recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of these investments. The Company has determined that these renewable energy tax credit partnerships are VIEs.
The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs' financial performance and therefore, it is not required to consolidate these VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these investments is comprised of its equity investments in these partnerships and any additional unfunded equity commitments.
 
Total Return Swaps
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the outstanding notional amount of the Company's VIE-facing TRS contracts totaled $2.5 billion and $2.0 billion, and related loans outstanding to VIEs totaled $2.5 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. These financings were measured at fair value and classified within Trading assets and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company entered into client-facing TRS contracts of the same outstanding notional amounts. The notional amounts of the TRS contracts with VIEs represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss, although this exposure has been mitigated via the TRS contracts with clients. For additional information on the Company’s TRS contracts and its involvement with these VIEs, see Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” as well as Note 12, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

NOTE 12 – NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
Reconciliations of net income to net income available to common shareholders and average basic common shares outstanding to
 
average diluted common shares outstanding are presented in the following table.

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Net income		$623		 		$752		 		$1,891		 		$2,117		
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock dividends	(26	)	 	(26	)	 	(77	)	 	(81	)	
Net income available to common shareholders		$597		 		$726		 		$1,814		 		$2,036		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average common shares outstanding - basic	444.0		 	460.3		 	443.8		 	464.8		
Add dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs	2.6		 	3.0		 	2.4		 	2.8		
Common stock warrants, options, and restricted stock	0.4		 	0.9		 	0.5		 	1.4		
Average common shares outstanding - diluted	447.0		 	464.2		 	446.7		 	469.0		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per average common share - diluted		$1.34		 		$1.56		 		$4.06		 		$4.34		
Net income per average common share - basic	1.35		 	1.58		 	4.09		 	4.38		

38

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES
For the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the provision for income taxes was $122 million and $95 million, representing effective tax rates of 16% and 11%, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the provision for income taxes was $330 million and $412 million, representing effective tax rates of 15% and 16%, respectively. The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 were favorably impacted by $56 million and $71 million of net discrete income tax benefits, respectively.
The $56 million net discrete income tax benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was driven by $33 million of tax benefits related to changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits due to the completion of certain income tax authority
 
examinations and the expiration of statutes of limitation, $12 million of tax benefits related to stock-based compensation, and $11 million of tax benefits related primarily to federal and state income tax true-ups.
The provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income taxes and differs from the provision using statutory rates due primarily to favorable permanent tax items such as interest income from lending to tax-exempt entities, tax credits, and amortization expense related to qualified affordable housing investment costs. The Company calculated the provision for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date pre-tax income and adjusting for discrete items that occurred during the period.

NOTE 14 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company sponsors various compensation and benefit programs to attract and retain talent. Aligned with a pay for performance culture, the Company's plans and programs include short-term incentives, AIP, and various LTI plans. See Note 17, “Employee Benefit Plans,” to the Company's 2018 Annual
 
Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's employee benefit plans.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income consisted of the following:

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
RSUs		$30		 		$21		 		$84		 		$82		
Phantom stock units 1	3		 	10		 	28		 	36		
Total stock-based compensation expense		$33		 		$31		 		$112		 		$118		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation tax benefit 2		$8		 		$8		 		$27		 		$28		
1 Phantom stock units are settled in cash. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company paid less than $1 million and $44 million, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company paid $1 million and $76 million, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities.
2 Does not include excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized in the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Components of net periodic benefit related to the Company's pension and other postretirement benefits plans are presented in the following table and are recognized in Employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

																																
 	Pension Benefits 1	 	Other Postretirement Benefits	
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Service cost		$1		 		$1		 		$4		 		$4		 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		
Interest cost	23		 	23		 	70		 	68		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	1		
Expected return on plan assets	(36	)	 	(47	)	 	(110	)	 	(140	)	 	(1	)	 	(1	)	 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Amortization of prior service credit	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	(2	)	 	(4	)	 	(5	)	
Amortization of actuarial loss	6		 	6		 	18		 	17		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net periodic benefit		($6	)	 		($17	)	 		($18	)	 		($51	)	 		($2	)	 		($3	)	 		($7	)	 		($8	)	
1 Administrative fees are recognized in service cost for each of the periods presented.

39

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 15 – GUARANTEES
The Company has undertaken certain guarantee obligations in the ordinary course of business. The issuance of a guarantee imposes an obligation for the Company to stand ready to perform and make future payments should certain triggering events occur. Payments may be in the form of cash, financial instruments, other assets, shares of stock, or through provision of the Company’s services. The following is a discussion of the guarantees that the Company has issued at September 30, 2019. The Company has also entered into certain contracts that are similar to guarantees, but that are accounted for as derivative instruments as discussed in Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Letters of Credit
Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company, generally to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as CP, bond financing, or similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients but may be reduced by selling participations to third parties. The Company issues letters of credit that are classified as financial standby, performance standby, or commercial letters of credit; however, commercial letters of credit are considered guarantees of funding and are not subject to the disclosure requirements of guarantee obligations.
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the maximum potential exposure to loss related to the Company’s issued letters of credit was $2.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of more than one year. Some standby letters of credit are designed to be drawn upon in the normal course of business and others are drawn upon only in circumstances of dispute or default in the underlying transaction to which the Company is not a party. In all cases, the Company is entitled to reimbursement from the client. If a letter of credit is drawn upon and reimbursement is not provided by the client, the Company may take possession of the collateral securing the letter of credit, where applicable.
The Company monitors its credit exposure under standby letters of credit in the same manner as it monitors other extensions of credit in accordance with its credit policies. Consistent with the methodologies used for all commercial borrowers, an internal assessment of the PD and loss severity in the event of default is performed. The Company’s credit risk management for letters of credit leverages the risk rating process to focus greater visibility on higher risk and higher dollar letters of credit. The allowance associated with letters of credit is a component of the unfunded commitments reserve recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is included in the allowance for credit losses as disclosed in Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.” Additionally, unearned fees relating to letters of credit are recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The net carrying amount of unearned fees was immaterial at both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Loan Sales and Servicing
The Company originates and purchases residential mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold to outside investors in the normal course of business through a combination of whole loan sales to GSEs, Ginnie Mae, and non-agency investors. The Company also originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans.
When loans are sold, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to third party purchasers. Subsequent to the sale, if a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is discovered, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the loan or to reimburse an investor for losses incurred (make whole requests), if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery. These representations and warranties may extend through the life of the loan. In addition to representations and warranties related to loan sales, the Company makes representations and warranties that it will service the loans in accordance with investor servicing guidelines and standards, which may include (i) collection and remittance of principal and interest, (ii) administration of escrow for taxes and insurance, (iii) advancing principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and collection expenses on delinquent accounts, and (iv) loss mitigation strategies, including loan modifications and foreclosures.
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchases:

																
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Balance, beginning of period		$23		 		$36		 		$26		 		$39		
Repurchase (benefit)/provision	(1	)	 	1		 	(4	)	 	(2	)	
Charge-offs, net of recoveries	—		 	(1	)	 	—		 	(1	)	
Balance, end of period		$22		 		$36		 		$22		 		$36		

A significant degree of judgment is used to estimate the mortgage repurchase liability as the estimation process is inherently uncertain and subject to imprecision. The Company believes that its reserve appropriately estimates incurred losses based on its current analysis and assumptions. While the mortgage repurchase reserve includes the estimated cost of settling claims related to required repurchases, the Company’s estimate of losses depends on its assumptions regarding GSE and other counterparty behavior, loan performance, home prices, and other factors. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the related repurchase (benefit)/provision is recognized in Mortgage-related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

40

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company’s outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30,
2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:	
Performing LHFI		$135		 		$183		
Nonperforming LHFI	9		 	16		
Total carrying value of outstanding repurchased residential mortgages		$144		 		$199		

Residential mortgage loans sold to Ginnie Mae are insured by the FHA or are guaranteed by the VA. As servicer, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines; however, the loans continue to be insured. The Company may also indemnify the FHA and VA for losses related to loans not originated in accordance with their guidelines.
Commercial Mortgage Loan Loss Share Guarantee
In connection with the acquisition of Pillar, the Company assumed a loss share obligation associated with the terms of a master loss sharing agreement with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that were sold by Pillar to Fannie Mae under Fannie Mae’s delegated underwriting and servicing program. Upon the acquisition of Pillar, the Company entered into a lender contract amendment with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that Pillar sold to Fannie Mae prior to acquisition and that the Company sold to Fannie Mae subsequent to acquisition, whereby the Company bears a risk of loss of up to one-third of the incurred losses resulting from borrower defaults. The breach of any representation or warranty related to a loan sold to Fannie Mae could increase the Company’s level of risk-sharing associated with the loan. The outstanding UPB of loans sold subject to the loss share guarantee was $3.9 billion and $3.5 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The maximum potential exposure to loss was $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Using probability of default and severity of loss estimates, the Company’s loss share liability was $7 million and $5 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Visa
The Company executes credit and debit transactions through Visa and Mastercard. The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and Mastercard (the “Card Associations”), as well as other banks, in one of several antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Litigation”). The Company entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks in order to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the Litigation. Additionally, in connection with Visa’s restructuring in 2007, shares of Visa common stock were issued to its financial institution members and the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. upon completion of Visa’s IPO in
 
2008. A provision of the original Visa By-Laws, which was restated in Visa’s certificate of incorporation, contains a general indemnification provision between a Visa member and Visa that explicitly provides that each member’s indemnification obligation is limited to losses arising from its own conduct and the specifically defined Litigation. While the district court approved a class action settlement of the Litigation in 2012 that settled the claims of both a damages class and an injunctive relief class, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s approval of the settlement on June 30, 2016. The U.S. Supreme Court denied plaintiffs’ petition for certiorari on March 27, 2017, and the case returned to the district court for further action. Since being remanded to the district court, plaintiffs have pursued two separate class actions—one class action seeking damages that names, among others, the Company as a defendant, and one class action seeking injunctive relief that does not name the Company as a defendant, but for which the Company could bear some responsibility under the judgment and loss sharing agreement described above. An agreement to resolve the claims was reached and the settlement was preliminarily approved by the district court on January 24, 2019.
Agreements associated with Visa’s IPO have provisions that Visa will fund a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Litigation. If the escrow account is insufficient to cover the Litigation losses, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares (“loss shares”). The proceeds from the sale of the loss shares would then be deposited in the escrow account. The issuance of the loss shares will cause a dilution of Visa’s Class B shares as a result of an adjustment to lower the conversion factor of the Class B shares to Class A shares. Visa U.S.A.’s members are responsible for any portion of the settlement or loss on the Litigation after the escrow account is depleted and the value of the Class B shares is fully diluted.
In May 2009, the Company sold its 3.2 million Class B shares to the Visa Counterparty and entered into a derivative with the Visa Counterparty. Under the derivative, the Visa Counterparty is compensated by the Company for any decline in the conversion factor as a result of the outcome of the Litigation. Conversely, the Company is compensated by the Visa Counterparty for any increase in the conversion factor. The amount of payments made or received under the derivative is a function of the 3.2 million shares sold to the Visa Counterparty, the change in conversion rate, and Visa’s share price. The Visa Counterparty, as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares, is impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion factor of the Class B shares caused by the Litigation losses. Additionally, the Company will make periodic payments based on the notional of the derivative and a fixed rate until the date on which the Litigation is settled. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of certain litigation scenarios and the timing of the resolution of the Litigation. The fair value of the derivative liability was $8 million and $7 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company’s expectations regarding the resolution of the Litigation. The ultimate impact to the Company could be significantly different based on the Litigation outcome.

41

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 16 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company enters into various derivative financial instruments, both in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as an end user as a risk management tool. The Company generally manages the risk associated with these derivatives within the established market risk management and credit risk management frameworks. Derivatives may be used by the Company to hedge various economic or client-related exposures. In such instances, derivative positions are typically monitored using a VAR methodology, with exposures reviewed daily. Derivatives are also used as a risk management tool to hedge the Company’s balance sheet exposure to changes in identified cash flow and fair value risks, either economically or in accordance with hedge accounting provisions. The Company’s Corporate Treasury function is responsible for employing the various hedge strategies to manage these objectives. The Company enters into IRLCs on residential and commercial mortgage loans that are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. Additionally, certain contracts containing embedded derivatives are measured, in their entirety, at fair value. All derivatives, including both freestanding and any embedded derivatives that the Company bifurcates from the host contracts, are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Trading assets and derivative instruments and Trading liabilities and derivative instruments. The associated gains and losses are either recognized in AOCI, net of tax, or within the Consolidated Statements of Income, depending upon the use and designation of the derivatives.

Credit and Market Risk Associated with Derivative Instruments
Derivatives expose the Company to risk that the counterparty to the derivative contract does not perform as expected. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives by entering into transactions with counterparties with defined exposure limits based on their credit quality and in accordance with established policies and procedures. All counterparties are reviewed regularly as part of the Company’s credit risk management practices and appropriate action is taken to adjust the exposure limits to certain counterparties as necessary. The Company’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA agreements or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements. In certain cases and depending on the nature of the underlying derivative transactions, bilateral collateral agreements are also utilized. Furthermore, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to OTC derivative clearing requirements, which require certain derivatives to be cleared through central clearing houses, such as LCH and the CME. These clearing houses require the Company to post initial and variation margin to mitigate the risk of non-payment, the latter of which is received or paid daily based on the net asset or liability position of the contracts. Effective January 3, 2017, the CME amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. Consistent with the CME's amended requirements, LCH
 
amended its rulebook effective January 16, 2018, to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. As a result, in the first quarter of 2018, the Company began reducing the corresponding derivative asset and liability balances for LCH-cleared OTC derivatives to reflect the settlement of those positions via the exchange of variation margin.
When the Company has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, and there exists a legal right of offset with that counterparty, the Company considers its exposure to the counterparty to be the net fair value of its derivative positions with that counterparty. If the net fair value is positive, then the corresponding asset value also reflects cash collateral held. At September 30, 2019, the economic exposure of these net derivative asset positions was $1.4 billion, reflecting $1.8 billion of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral of $374 million that the Company held in relation to these positions. At December 31, 2018, the economic exposure of net derivative asset positions was $541 million, reflecting $891 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral held of $350 million.
Derivatives also expose the Company to market risk arising from the adverse effects that changes in market factors, such as interest rates, currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices, or implied volatility, may have on the value of the Company's derivatives. The Company manages this risk by establishing and monitoring limits on the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The Company measures its market risk exposure using a VAR methodology for derivatives designated as trading instruments. Other tools and risk measures are also used to actively manage risk associated with derivatives including scenario analysis and stress testing.
Derivative instruments are priced using observable market inputs at a mid-market valuation point and take into consideration appropriate valuation adjustments for collateral, market liquidity, and counterparty credit risk. For purposes of determining fair value adjustments to its OTC derivative positions, the Company takes into consideration the credit profile and likelihood of default by counterparties, the CVA, the Company’s own credit risk, the DVA, as well as the Company's net exposure, which considers legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral along with remaining maturities. In determining the CVA, the expected loss associated with each counterparty is estimated using market-based views of counterparty default probabilities observed in the single-name CDS market, when available and of sufficient liquidity. When single-name CDS market data is not available or not of sufficient liquidity, the probability of default is estimated using a combination of the Company’s internal risk rating system and sector/rating based CDS data. For purposes of estimating the DVA, the Company uses probabilities of default from observable, sector/rating based CDS data. For additional information on the Company’s fair value measurements, see Note 17, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

42

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Currently, the industry standard master netting agreements governing the majority of the Company's derivative transactions with counterparties contain bilateral events of default and acceleration provisions related to the creditworthiness of the Bank and the counterparty. Should the Bank or a counterparty default under any of these provisions, the other party would be permitted to close out the transactions on a net basis, at amounts that would approximate the fair values of the derivatives, resulting in a single sum due by one party to the other. The non-defaulting counterparty would have the right to apply any collateral posted under a CSA against the net amount owed by the defaulting counterparty. Additionally, certain of the Company’s derivative liability positions, totaling $1.4 billion and $589 million in fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, contain provisions conditioned on downgrades of the Bank’s credit rating. These provisions, if triggered, would either give rise to an ATE that permits the counterparties to close-out net and apply collateral or, where a CSA is present, require the Bank to post additional collateral.
At September 30, 2019, the Bank held senior long-term debt credit ratings of Baal/A-/A- from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch, respectively. At September 30, 2019, ATEs have been triggered for less than $1 million in fair value liabilities. The maximum additional liability that could be triggered from ATEs was approximately $19 million at September 30, 2019. At
 
September 30, 2019, $1.4 billion in fair value of derivative liabilities were subject to CSAs, against which the Bank has posted $958 million in collateral, primarily in the form of cash. Pursuant to the terms of the CSA, the Bank would not be required to post any additional collateral against these contracts if the Bank were downgraded to Baa2/BBB+. Further downgrades to Baa3/BBB and Ba1/BBB- would require the Bank to post an additional $1 million and $8 million of collateral, respectively. Any downgrades below Ba2/BB+ do not contain predetermined collateral posting levels.
Notional and Fair Value of Derivative Positions
The following table presents the Company’s derivative positions at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The notional amounts in the table are presented on a gross basis at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Gross positive and gross negative fair value amounts associated with respective notional amounts are presented without consideration of any netting agreements, including collateral arrangements. Net fair value derivative amounts are adjusted on an aggregate basis, where applicable, to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements, including any cash collateral received or paid, and are recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments or Trading liabilities and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

43

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																								
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
 	 	 	Fair Value	 	 	 	Fair Value	
(Dollars in millions)	Notional
Amounts	 	Asset Derivatives	 	Liability Derivatives	 	Notional
Amounts	 	Asset Derivatives	 	Liability Derivatives	
Derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flow hedges: 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI		$15,225		 		$—		 		$1		 		$10,500		 		$1		 		$2		
Subtotal	15,225		 	—		 	1		 	10,500		 	1		 	2		
Fair value hedges: 2	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt	12,155		 	—		 	—		 	9,550		 	1		 	1		
Interest rate contracts hedging brokered time deposits	—		 	—		 	—		 	59		 	—		 	—		
Subtotal	12,155		 	—		 	—		 	9,609		 	1		 	1		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments 3	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts hedging:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential MSRs 4	19,300		 	43		 	24		 	28,011		 	54		 	10		
LHFS, IRLCs 5	6,688		 	10		 	12		 	4,891		 	18		 	38		
LHFI	102		 	—		 	—		 	159		 	—		 	—		
Trading activity 6	147,485		 	1,706		 	709		 	127,286		 	771		 	687		
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	11,954		 	185		 	182		 	9,824		 	129		 	119		
Credit contracts hedging:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFI	918		 	—		 	28		 	830		 	—		 	14		
Trading activity 7	5,136		 	38		 	34		 	4,058		 	97		 	95		
Equity contracts hedging trading activity 6	36,181		 	1,774		 	1,939		 	34,471		 	1,447		 	1,644		
Other contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
IRLCs and other 8	3,763		 	28		 	11		 	1,393		 	20		 	15		
Commodity derivatives	2,491		 	94		 	91		 	2,020		 	93		 	91		
Subtotal	234,018		 	3,878		 	3,030		 	212,943		 	2,629		 	2,713		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total derivative instruments		$261,398		 		$3,878		 		$3,031		 		$233,052		 		$2,631		 		$2,716		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total gross derivative instruments (before netting)	 	 		$3,878		 		$3,031		 	 	 		$2,631		 		$2,716		
Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements	 	 	(1,750	)	 	(1,750	)	 	 	 	(1,654	)	 	(1,654	)	
Less: Cash collateral received/paid	 	 	(358	)	 	(1,007	)	 	 	 	(338	)	 	(652	)	
Total derivative instruments (after netting)	 	 		$1,770		 		$274		 	 	 		$639		 		$410		

1 	See “Cash Flow Hedging” in this Note for further discussion.	
		
2 	See “Fair Value Hedging” in this Note for further discussion.	
		
3 	See “Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities” in this Note for further discussion.	
		
4 	Notional amounts include $753 million and $921 million related to interest rate futures at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.	
		
5 	Notional amounts include $53 million and $116 million related to interest rate futures at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.	
		
6 	Notional amounts include $2.7 billion and $1.2 billion related to interest rate futures at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and $210 million and $136 million related to equity futures at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table. Notional amounts also include amounts related to interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate debt.	
		
7 	Notional amounts include $9 million and $6 million from purchased credit risk participation agreements at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and $41 million and $33 million from written credit risk participation agreements at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. These notional amounts are calculated as the notional of the derivative participated adjusted by the relevant RWA conversion factor.	
		
8 	Notional amounts include $41 million related to the Visa derivative liability at both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. See Note 15, "Guarantees" for additional information.	

44

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Netting of Derivative Instruments
The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements, are discussed in Note 3, “Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities.” The Company enters into ISDA or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements with derivative counterparties. Under the terms of the master netting agreements, all transactions between the Company and the counterparty constitute a single business relationship such that in the event of default, the nondefaulting party is entitled to set off claims and apply property held by that party in respect of any transaction against obligations owed.
 
The following tables present total gross derivative instrument assets and liabilities at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, which are adjusted to reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received or paid when calculating the net amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also included in the tables are financial instrument collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements that represents securities collateral received or pledged and customer cash collateral held at third party custodians. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but are shown as a reduction to total derivative instrument assets and liabilities to derive net derivative assets and liabilities. These amounts are limited to the derivative asset/liability balance, and accordingly, do not include excess collateral received/pledged.

																				
(Dollars in millions)	Gross
Amount	 	Amount
Offset	 	Net Amount
Presented in
Consolidated
Balance Sheets	 	Held/Pledged
Financial
Instruments	 	Net
Amount	
September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instrument assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$3,269		 		$1,973		 		$1,296		 		$15		 		$1,281		
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	143		 	—		 	143		 	1		 	142		
Exchange traded derivatives	466		 	135		 	331		 	—		 	331		
Total derivative instrument assets		$3,878		 		$2,108		 		$1,770		1 		$16		 		$1,754		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instrument liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$2,787		 		$2,622		 		$165		 		$18		 		$147		
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	109		 	—		 	109		 	13		 	96		
Exchange traded derivatives	135		 	135		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$3,031		 		$2,757		 		$274		2 		$31		 		$243		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instrument assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$2,425		 		$1,873		 		$552		 		$12		 		$540		
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	20		 	—		 	20		 	—		 	20		
Exchange traded derivatives	186		 	119		 	67		 	—		 	67		
Total derivative instrument assets		$2,631		 		$1,992		 		$639		1 		$12		 		$627		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instrument liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$2,521		 		$2,187		 		$334		 		$14		 		$320		
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	76		 	—		 	76		 	—		 	76		
Exchange traded derivatives	119		 	119		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$2,716		 		$2,306		 		$410		2 		$14		 		$396		
1 At September 30, 2019, $1.8 billion, net of $358 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2018, $639 million, net of $338 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2 At September 30, 2019, $274 million, net of $1.0 billion offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2018, $410 million, net of $652 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

45

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
Fair Value Hedging
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of its risk management objectives for hedging exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. These hedging arrangements convert certain fixed rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates. For all designated fair value hedge relationships, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in the same income statement line as the earnings impact from the hedged item. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded in the Company’s assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the fair value hedges.
    
Cash Flow Hedging
The Company utilizes a comprehensive risk management strategy to monitor sensitivity of earnings to movements in interest rates. Specific types of funding and principal amounts hedged are determined based on prevailing market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. In conjunction with this strategy, the Company may employ various interest rate derivatives as risk management tools to hedge interest rate risk from recognized assets and liabilities or from forecasted transactions. The terms and notional amounts of derivatives are determined based on management’s assessment of future interest rates, as well as other factors.
 
The Company enters into interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments to hedge its exposure to contractually specified interest rate risk associated with floating rate loans. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the amount of pre-tax gain recognized in OCI on derivative instruments was $61 million and $266 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, the amount of pre-tax loss recognized in OCI on derivative instruments was $48 million and $274 million, respectively. At September 30, 2019, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to seven years, with the weighted average being 3.3 years. At December 31, 2018, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 2.5 years. These hedges have been highly effective in offsetting the designated risks. At September 30, 2019, $158 million of deferred net pre-tax losses on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on floating rate loans recognized in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. The amount to be reclassified into income incorporates the impact from both active and terminated cash flow hedges, including the net interest income earned on the active hedges, assuming no changes in LIBOR. The Company may choose to terminate or de-designate a hedging relationship due to a change in the risk management objective for that specific hedge item, which may arise in conjunction with an overall balance sheet management strategy.

46

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table presents gains and losses on derivatives in fair value and cash flow hedging relationships by contract type and by income statement line item. The table does not disclose the financial impact of the activities that these derivative instruments are intended to hedge.

												
 	Net Interest Income	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	Interest and fees on LHFI	 	Interest on Long-term Debt	 	Total	
Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$1,708		 		($150	)	 		$1,558		
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss)/gain on fair value hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—		 		($1	)	 		($1	)	
Recognized on derivatives	—		 	43		 	43		
Recognized on hedged items	—		 	(47	)	1 	(47	)	
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—		 		($5	)	 		($5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($46	)	2 		$—		 		($46	)	
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($46	)	 		$—		 		($46	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$5,125		 		($425	)	 		$4,700		
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss)/gain on fair value hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—		 		($10	)	 		($10	)	
Recognized on derivatives	—		 	267		 	267		
Recognized on hedged items	—		 	(282	)	1 	(282	)	
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—		 		($25	)	 		($25	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($129	)	2 		$—		 		($129	)	
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($129	)	 		$—		 		($129	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$1,549		 		($95	)	 		$1,454		
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss)/gain on fair value hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—		 		($2	)	 		($2	)	
Recognized on derivatives	—		 	(33	)	 	(33	)	
Recognized on hedged items	—		 	31		1 	31		
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—		 		($4	)	 		($4	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($22	)	2 		$—		 		($22	)	
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($22	)	 		$—		 		($22	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$4,424		 		($252	)	 		$4,172		
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss)/gain on fair value hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—		 		($1	)	 		($1	)	
Recognized on derivatives	—		 	(130	)	 	(130	)	
Recognized on hedged items	—		 	124		1 	124		
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—		 		($7	)	 		($7	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($39	)	2 		$—		 		($39	)	
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($39	)	 		$—		 		($39	)	
1 Includes amortization from de-designated fair value hedging relationships.
2 These amounts include pre-tax gains/(losses) related to cash flow hedging relationships that have been terminated and were reclassified into earnings consistent with the pattern of net cash flows expected to be recognized.

47

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following table presents the carrying amount of hedged liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in fair value hedging relationships and the associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting:

												
 	 	 	Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities	
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities	 	Hedged Items Currently Designated	 	Hedged Items No Longer Designated	
September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt		$11,295		 		$180		 		($28	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt		$8,411		 		($10	)	 		($120	)	
Brokered time deposits	29		 	—		 	—		

Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities
In addition to designated hedge accounting relationships, the Company also enters into derivatives as an end user to economically hedge risks associated with certain non-derivative and derivative instruments, along with entering into derivatives in a trading capacity with its clients.
The primary risks that the Company economically hedges are interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. The Company mitigates these risks by entering into offsetting derivatives either on an individual basis or collectively on a macro basis.
The Company utilizes interest rate derivatives as economic hedges related to:
		
•	Residential MSRs. The Company hedges these instruments with a combination of interest rate derivatives, including forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.	
		
•	Residential mortgage IRLCs and LHFS. The Company hedges these instruments using forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.	
 
The Company is exposed to volatility and changes in foreign exchange rates associated with certain commercial loans. To hedge against this foreign exchange rate risk, the Company enters into foreign exchange rate contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.
The Company enters into CDS to hedge credit risk associated with certain loans held within its Wholesale segment. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, recognizes these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Trading activity primarily includes interest rate swaps, equity derivatives, CDS, futures, options, foreign exchange rate contracts, and commodity derivatives. These derivatives are entered into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions, or are utilized as a risk management tool by the Company as an end user (predominantly in certain macro-hedging strategies).

The impacts of derivative instruments used for economic hedging or trading purposes on the Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in the following table:

																		
 	Classification of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives	 	Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives During the Three Months Ended September 30	 	Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives During the Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)		 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts hedging:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential MSRs	Mortgage-related income	 		$166		 		($54	)	 		$436		 		($210	)	
LHFS, IRLCs	Mortgage-related income	 	(31	)	 	10		 	(76	)	 	57		
LHFI	Other noninterest income	 	(1	)	 	1		 	(4	)	 	3		
Trading activity	Trading income	 	1		 	18		 	22		 	48		
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	Trading income	 	39		 	9		 	46		 	49		
Credit contracts hedging:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFI	Other noninterest income	 	(1	)	 	(5	)	 	(16	)	 	(5	)	
Trading activity	Trading income	 	7		 	5		 	20		 	16		
Equity contracts hedging trading activity	Trading income	 	6		 	6		 	34		 	8		
Other contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
IRLCs and other	Mortgage-related income;
Commercial real estate-related income	 	58		 	19		 	144		 	39		
Commodity derivatives	Trading income	 	1		 	—		 	2		 	—		
Total	 	 		$245		 		$9		 		$608		 		$5		

48

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Credit Derivative Instruments
As part of the Company's trading businesses, the Company enters into contracts that are, in form or substance, written guarantees; specifically, CDS, risk participations, and TRS. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, records these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Trading income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The Company has also entered into TRS contracts on loans. The Company’s TRS business consists of matched trades, such that when the Company pays depreciation on one TRS, it receives the same amount on the matched TRS. To mitigate its credit risk, the Company typically receives initial cash collateral from the counterparty upon entering into the TRS and is entitled to additional collateral if the fair value of the underlying reference assets deteriorates. The following table presents information related to the Company's outstanding TRS contracts.

								
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Outstanding TRS notional balances		$2,543		 		$2,009		
TRS assets at fair value	38		 	97		
TRS liabilities at fair value	34		 	94		
Cash collateral held for TRS contracts	635		 	601		

For additional information on the Company’s TRS contracts, see Note 11, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities,” in this Form 10-Q as well as Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Company’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
The Company writes risk participations, which are credit derivatives, whereby the Company has guaranteed payment to a dealer counterparty in the event the counterparty experiences a loss on a derivative, such as an interest rate swap, due to a failure to pay by the counterparty’s customer (the “obligor”) on that derivative. The Company manages its payment risk on its risk participations by monitoring the creditworthiness of the obligors, which are all corporations or partnerships, through the normal credit review process that the Company would have performed had it entered into a derivative directly with the obligors. To date, no material losses have been incurred related to the Company’s written risk participations. At September 30, 2019, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to 11 years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 6.0 years. At December 31, 2018, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to 10 years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 5.9 years. The Company’s maximum estimated exposure to written risk participations, as measured by projecting a maximum value of the guaranteed derivative instruments based on interest rate curve simulations and assuming 100% default by all obligors on the maximum values, was approximately $281 million and $217 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The fair values of the written risk participations were immaterial at both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

49

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 17 - FAIR VALUE ELECTION AND MEASUREMENT
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which are classified as level 1, 2, or 3 within the fair value hierarchy, as shown below, on the basis of whether the measurement employs observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions, taking into account information about market participant assumptions that is readily available.

•	Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets	

•	Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets	

•	Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable	
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company’s recurring fair value measurements are based on either a requirement to measure such assets and liabilities at fair value or on the Company’s election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis include trading securities, derivative instruments, securities AFS, and certain other equity securities. Assets and liabilities that the Company has elected to measure at fair value on a recurring basis include trading loans, certain LHFS and LHFI, residential MSRs, brokered time deposits, and certain structured notes and fixed rate issuances included in long-term debt.
The Company elects to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value to better align its financial performance with the economic value of actively traded or hedged assets or liabilities. The use of fair value also enables the Company to mitigate non-economic earnings volatility caused from financial assets and liabilities being measured using different bases of accounting, as well as to more accurately portray the active and dynamic management of the Company’s balance sheet.
The Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in estimating fair value. The assumptions used to
 
estimate the value of an instrument have varying degrees of impact to the overall fair value of an asset or liability. This process involves gathering multiple sources of information, including broker quotes, values provided by pricing services, trading activity in other identical or similar securities, market indices, and pricing matrices. When observable market prices for an asset or liability are not available, the Company employs various modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses, to estimate fair value. Models used to produce material financial reporting information are validated prior to use and following any material change in methodology. Their performance is monitored at least quarterly, and any material deterioration in model performance is escalated.
The Company has formal processes and controls in place to support the appropriateness of its fair value estimates. For fair values obtained from a third party, or those that include certain trader estimates of fair value, there is an independent price validation function that provides oversight for these estimates. For level 2 instruments and certain level 3 instruments, the validation generally involves evaluating pricing received from two or more third party pricing sources that are widely used by market participants. The Company evaluates this pricing information from both a qualitative and quantitative perspective and determines whether any pricing differences exceed acceptable thresholds. If thresholds are exceeded, the Company assesses differences in valuation approaches used, which may include contacting a pricing service to gain further insight into the valuation of a particular security or class of securities to resolve the pricing variance, which could include an adjustment to the price used for financial reporting purposes.
The Company classifies instruments within level 2 in the fair value hierarchy when it determines that external pricing sources estimated fair value using prices for similar instruments trading in active markets. A wide range of quoted values from pricing sources may imply a reduced level of market activity and indicate that significant adjustments to price indications have been made. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the asset or liability should be classified as level 3.
Determining whether to classify an instrument as level 3 involves judgment and is based on a variety of subjective factors, including whether a market is inactive. A market is considered inactive if significant decreases in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have been observed.

50

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present certain information regarding assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the changes in fair value for those specific financial instruments for which fair value has been elected. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s valuation techniques or inputs used
 
in estimating fair value for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis from those disclosed in Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

																				
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Fair Value Measurements	 	Netting
 Adjustments 1	 	Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value	
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		 		
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading assets and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$212		 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$212		
Federal agency securities	—		 	319		 	—		 	—		 	319		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	43		 	—		 	—		 	43		
MBS - agency residential	—		 	1,004		 	—		 	—		 	1,004		
MBS - agency commercial	—		 	51		 	—		 	—		 	51		
ABS	—		 	7		 	—		 	—		 	7		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	628		 	—		 	—		 	628		
CP	—		 	122		 	—		 	—		 	122		
Equity securities	86		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	86		
Derivative instruments	466		 	3,385		 	27		 	(2,108	)	 	1,770		
Trading loans 2	—		 	2,862		 	—		 	—		 	2,862		
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	764		 	8,421		 	27		 	(2,108	)	 	7,104		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities	4,018		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	4,018		
Federal agency securities	—		 	124		 	—		 	—		 	124		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	572		 	—		 	—		 	572		
MBS - agency residential	—		 	22,585		 	—		 	—		 	22,585		
MBS - agency commercial	—		 	2,983		 	—		 	—		 	2,983		
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		 	1,064		 	—		 	—		 	1,064		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	12		 	—		 	—		 	12		
Total securities AFS	4,018		 	27,340		 	—		 	—		 	31,358		
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFS	—		 	1,488		 	—		 	—		 	1,488		
LHFI	—		 	—		 	124		 	—		 	124		
Residential MSRs	—		 	—		 	1,564		 	—		 	1,564		
Other assets	76		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	76		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities	538		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	538		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	539		 	—		 	—		 	539		
Equity securities	20		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	20		
Derivative instruments	135		 	2,886		 	10		 	(2,757	)	 	274		
Trading loans	—		 	9		 	—		 	—		 	9		
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	693		 	3,434		 	10		 	(2,757	)	 	1,380		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brokered time deposits	—		 	552		 	—		 	—		 	552		
Long-term debt	—		 	302		 	—		 	—		 	302		

1 Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for additional information.
2 At September 30, 2019, includes $2.5 billion of loans related to the Company’s TRS business, $70 million of loans related to the Company’s loan sales and trading business held in inventory, and $227 million of loans backed by the SBA held in inventory.

51

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																				
 	December 31, 2018	
 	Fair Value Measurements	 	Netting
 Adjustments 1	 	Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value	
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		 		
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading assets and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$262		 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$262		
Federal agency securities	—		 	188		 	—		 	—		 	188		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	54		 	—		 	—		 	54		
MBS - agency residential	—		 	860		 	—		 	—		 	860		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	700		 	—		 	—		 	700		
CP	—		 	190		 	—		 	—		 	190		
Equity securities	73		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	73		
Derivative instruments	186		 	2,425		 	20		 	(1,992	)	 	639		
Trading loans 2	—		 	2,540		 	—		 	—		 	2,540		
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	521		 	6,957		 	20		 	(1,992	)	 	5,506		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities	4,211		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	4,211		
Federal agency securities	—		 	221		 	—		 	—		 	221		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		 	589		 	—		 	—		 	589		
MBS - agency residential	—		 	22,864		 	—		 	—		 	22,864		
MBS - agency commercial	—		 	2,627		 	—		 	—		 	2,627		
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		 	916		 	—		 	—		 	916		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	14		 	—		 	—		 	14		
Total securities AFS	4,211		 	27,231		 	—		 	—		 	31,442		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFS	—		 	1,178		 	—		 	—		 	1,178		
LHFI	—		 	—		 	163		 	—		 	163		
Residential MSRs	—		 	—		 	1,983		 	—		 	1,983		
Other assets	95		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	95		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities	801		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	801		
MBS - agency	—		 	3		 	—		 	—		 	3		
Corporate and other debt securities	—		 	385		 	—		 	—		 	385		
Equity securities	5		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	5		
Derivative instruments	119		 	2,590		 	7		 	(2,306	)	 	410		
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	925		 	2,978		 	7		 	(2,306	)	 	1,604		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brokered time deposits	—		 	403		 	—		 	—		 	403		
Long-term debt	—		 	289		 	—		 	—		 	289		

1 Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for additional information.
2 At December 31, 2018, includes $2.0 billion of loans related to the Company’s TRS business, $137 million of loans related to the Company’s loan sales and trading business held in inventory, and $366 million of loans backed by the SBA loans held in inventory, measured at fair value.

52

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present the difference between fair value and the aggregate UPB for which the FVO has been elected for certain trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt instruments.

												
(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value at
September 30, 2019	 	Aggregate UPB at
September 30, 2019	 	Fair Value
Over/(Under)
Unpaid Principal	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading loans		$2,862		 		$2,779		 		$83		
LHFS:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accruing	1,488		 	1,446		 	42		
LHFI:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accruing	121		 	119		 	2		
Nonaccrual	3		 	4		 	(1	)	

Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading loans	9		 	9		 	—		
Brokered time deposits	552		 	539		 	13		
Long-term debt	302		 	290		 	12		
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value at
December 31, 2018	 	Aggregate UPB at
December 31, 2018	 	
Fair Value
Over/(Under)
Unpaid Principal	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading loans		$2,540		 		$2,526		 		$14		
LHFS:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accruing	1,178		 	1,128		 	50		
LHFI:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accruing	158		 	163		 	(5	)	
Nonaccrual	5		 	6		 	(1	)	

Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Brokered time deposits	403		 	403		 	—		
Long-term debt	289		 	286		 	3		

53

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present the changes in fair value of financial instruments for which the FVO has been elected. The tables do not reflect the change in fair value attributable to related economic hedges that the Company uses to mitigate market-related risks associated with the financial instruments. Generally, changes in the fair value of economic hedges are recognized in
 
Trading income, Mortgage-related income, Commercial real estate-related income, or Other noninterest income as appropriate, and are designed to partially offset the change in fair value of the financial instruments referenced in the tables below. The Company’s economic hedging activities are deployed at both the instrument and portfolio level.

	
																																
 	Fair Value (Loss)/Gain for the Three Months Ended
September 30, 2019 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO	 	Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO	
(Dollars in millions)	Trading Income	 	  Mortgage 1
Related
Income	 	Other Noninterest Income	 	  Total 2
Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings	 	Trading
Income	 	  Mortgage 1
 Related
Income	 	Other
Noninterest
Income	 	  Total 2
Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading loans 3		($1	)	 		$—		 		$—		 		($1	)	 		$18		 		$—		 		$—		 		$18		
LHFS 4	—		 	40		 	—		 	40		 	—		 	80		 	—		 	80		
LHFI	—		 	—		 	2		 	2		 	—		 	—		 	5		 	5		
Residential MSRs	—		 	(250	)	 	—		 	(250	)	 	—		 	(650	)	 	—		 	(650	)	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brokered time deposits	(3	)	 	—		 	—		 	(3	)	 	(24	)	 	—		 	—		 	(24	)	
Long-term debt	(2	)	 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	(15	)	 	—		 	—		 	(15	)	
1 Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.
2 Changes in fair value for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
3 Includes an immaterial amount of gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk for three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.
4 Includes an immaterial amount of gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.

	
																																
 	Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Three Months Ended
September 30, 2018 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO	 	Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2018 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO	
(Dollars in millions)	Trading Income	 	  Mortgage 1
Related
Income	 	Other Noninterest Income	 	  Total 2
Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings	 	Trading
Income	 	  Mortgage 1
Related
Income	 	Other
Noninterest
Income	 	  Total 2
Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading loans 3		$3		 		$—		 		$—		 		$3		 		$10		 		$—		 		$—		 		$10		
LHFS 4	—		 	5		 	—		 	5		 	—		 	(3	)	 	—		 	(3	)	
LHFI	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	(1	)	 	—		 	—		 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Residential MSRs	—		 	(8	)	 	—		 	(8	)	 	—		 	22		 	—		 	22		
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brokered time deposits	(4	)	 	—		 	—		 	(4	)	 	6		 	—		 	—		 	6		
Long-term debt	1		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	6		 	—		 	—		 	6		
1 Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.
2 Changes in fair value for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
3 Includes an immaterial amount of gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk for three and nine months ended September 30, 2018.
4 Includes an immaterial amount of gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018.

54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The valuation technique and range, including weighted average, of the unobservable inputs associated with the Company’s level 3 assets and liabilities are as follows:

										
 	 Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions	
(Dollars in millions)	Fair value
September 30, 2019	 	Valuation Technique	 	Unobservable Input	 	Range
 (Weighted Average) 1	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading assets and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net 2		$17		 	Internal model	 	Pull through rate	 	2-100% (83%)	
						 	MSR value	 	21-155 bps (102 bps)	
LHFI	121		 	Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	 	Option adjusted spread	 	62-250 bps (172 bps)	
						Conditional prepayment rate		7-31 CPR (16 CPR)	
						Conditional default rate		0-2 CDR (0.5 CDR)	
	3			Collateral based pricing		Appraised value		NM 3	
Residential MSRs	1,564		 	Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	 	Conditional prepayment rate	 	6-31 CPR (15 CPR)	
					 	Option adjusted spread	 	1-29% (3%)	

1 Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the financial instruments.
2 Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company’s sale of Visa shares. Refer to the “Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments” section in Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.
3 Not meaningful.

	
										
 	 Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions	
(Dollars in millions)	Fair value
December 31, 2018	 	Valuation Technique	 	Unobservable Input	 	Range
(Weighted Average) 1	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trading assets and derivative instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net 2		$13		 	Internal model	 	Pull through rate	 	41-100% (81%)	
						 	MSR value	 	11-165 bps (108 bps)	
LHFI	158		 	Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	 	Option adjusted spread	 	0-250 bps (164 bps)	
					 	Conditional prepayment rate	 	7-22 CPR (12 CPR)	
					 	Conditional default rate	 	0-1 CDR (0.6 CDR)	
	5		 	Collateral based pricing	 	Appraised value	 	NM 3	
Residential MSRs	1,983		 	Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	 	Conditional prepayment rate	 	6-30 CPR (13 CPR)	
					 	Option adjusted spread	 	0-116% (2%)	

1 Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the financial instruments.
2 Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company’s sale of Visa shares. Refer to the “Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments” section in Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.
3 Not meaningful.

55

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (other than residential MSRs which are disclosed in Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”). Transfers into and out
 
of the fair value hierarchy levels are assumed to occur at the end of the period in which the transfer occurred. None of the transfers into or out of level 3 have been the result of using alternative valuation approaches to estimate fair values.

																																								
 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs	
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning
Balance
July 1,
2019	 	Included
in
Earnings	 	OCI	 	Purchases	 	Sales	 	Settlements	 	Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items	 	Transfers
into
Level 3	 	Transfers
out of
Level 3	 	Fair Value
September 30,
2019	
Trading assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net		$24		 		$60		1 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		($3	)	 		($64	)	2 		$—		 		$—		 		$17		
LHFI	127		 	2		3 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(6	)	 	—		 	1		 	—		 	124		

																																								
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning
Balance
January 1,
2019	 	Included
in
Earnings	 	OCI	 	Purchases	 	Sales	 	Settlements	 	Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items	 	Transfers
into
Level 3	 	Transfers
out of
Level 3	 	Fair Value
September 30,
2019	
Trading assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net		$13		 		$147		1 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		($5	)	 		($138	)	2 		$—		 		$—		 		$17		
LHFI	163		 	5		3 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(21	)	 	—		 	2		 	(25	)	 	124		

1 Includes issuances, fair value changes, and expirations. Amount related to residential IRLCs is recognized in Mortgage-related income, amount related to commercial IRLCs is recognized in Commercial real estate-related income, and amount related to Visa derivative liability is recognized in Other noninterest expense. Included $23 million in earnings during both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, related to changes in unrealized gains on net derivative instruments still held at September 30, 2019.
2 During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company transferred $64 million and $138 million, respectively, of net IRLC assets out of level 3 as the associated loans were closed.
3 Amounts are generally included in Mortgage-related income; however, the mark on certain fair value loans is included in Other noninterest income. Included $3 million and $5 million in earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively, related to changes in unrealized gains on LHFI still held at September 30, 2019.

	
																																								
 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs	
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning
Balance
July 1,
2018	 	Included
in
Earnings	 	OCI	 	Purchases	 	Sales	 	Settlements	 	Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items	 	Transfers
into
Level 3	 	Transfers
out of
Level 3	 	Fair Value
September 30,
2018	
Trading assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net		$3		 		$18		1 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$8		 		($26	)	2 		$—		 		$—		 		$3		
LHFI	177		 	—		3 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(9	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	168		

																																								
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning
Balance
January 1,
2018	 	Included
in
Earnings	 	OCI	 	Purchases	 	Sales	 	Settlements	 	Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items	 	Transfers
into
Level 3	 	Transfers
out of
Level 3	 	Fair Value
September 30,
2018	
Trading assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments, net		$—		 		$36		1 		$—		 		$—		 		$—		 		$10		 		($43	)	2 		$—		 		$—		 		$3		
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
MBS - non-agency residential	59		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2	)	 	—		 	—		 	(57	)	 	—		
ABS	8		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	—		 	—		 	(7	)	 	—		
Corporate and other debt securities	5		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(5	)	 	—		
Total securities AFS	72		 	—			—		 	—		 	—		 	(3	)	 	—		 	—		 	(69	)	 	—		
LHFI	196		 	(3	)	3 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(26	)	 	—		 	1		 	—		 	168		

1 Includes issuances, fair value changes, and expirations. Amount related to residential IRLCs is recognized in Mortgage-related income, amount related to commercial IRLCs is recognized in Commercial real estate-related income, and amount related to Visa derivative liability is recognized in Other noninterest expense. Included $10 million and $7 million in earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively, related to changes in unrealized gains on net derivative instruments still held at September 30, 2018.
2 During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company transferred $26 million and $43 million, respectively, of net IRLC assets out of level 3 as the associated loans were closed.  
3 Amounts are generally included in Mortgage-related income; however, the mark on certain fair value loans is included in Other noninterest income. Included $0 and $4 million in earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively, related to changes in unrealized losses on LHFI still held at September 30, 2018.

56

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present gains and losses recognized on assets still held at period end, and measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018. Adjustments to fair value generally result from the application
 
of LOCOM, or the measurement alternative, or through write-downs of individual assets. The tables do not reflect changes in fair value attributable to economic hedges the Company may have used to mitigate interest rate risk associated with LHFS.

																								
 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements	 	(Losses)/Gains for the
Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	(Losses)/Gains for the
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		 		
LHFS		$311		 		$—		 		$311		 		$—		 		($14	)	 		($14	)	
LHFI	128		 	—		 	—		 	128		 	—		 	—		
OREO	22		 	—		 	—		 	22		 	(1	)	 	(3	)	
Other assets	74		 	—		 	61		 	13		 	16		 	14		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements	 	(Losses)/Gains for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2018	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2018	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		 		
LHFS		$47		 		$—		 		$47		 		$—		 		($1	)	 	 	
LHFI	63		 	—		 	—		 	63		 	—		 	 	
OREO	19		 	—		 	—		 	19		 	(4	)	 	 	
Other assets	67		 	—		 	47		 	20		 	24		 	 	

Discussed below are the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating fair values for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and classified as level 2 and/or 3.
Loans Held for Sale
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, LHFS classified as level 2 consisted of commercial loans that were valued using market prices and measured at LOCOM. During both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized impairment charges of $14 million attributable to changes in the fair value of LHFS. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges attributable to changes in the fair value of LHFS.

Loans Held for Investment
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, LHFI classified as level 3 consisted primarily of consumer loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that had not been reaffirmed by the borrower. Cash proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral is the expected source of repayment for a majority of these loans. Accordingly, the fair value of these loans is derived from the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, incorporating market data if available. Due to the lack of market data for similar assets, all of these loans are classified as level 3. There were no gains/(losses) recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 or during the year ended December 31, 2018, as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

OREO
OREO is measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Level 3 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which initial valuations are based on property-specific appraisals, broker pricing opinions, or other limited, highly subjective market information. Updated value estimates are received regularly for level 3 OREO.
 
Other Assets
Other assets consist of equity investments, other repossessed assets, assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor, branch properties, and land held for sale.
The Company elected the measurement alternative for measuring certain equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which are adjusted based on any observable price changes in orderly transactions. These equity securities are classified as level 2 based on the valuation methodology and associated inputs. During both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized remeasurement gains of $16 million on these equity securities. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized remeasurement gains of $30 million on these equity securities.
Other repossessed assets include repossessed personal property that is measured at fair value less cost to sell. These assets are classified as level 3 as their fair value is determined based on a variety of subjective, unobservable factors. There were no losses recognized in earnings by the Company on other repossessed assets during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 or during the year ended December 31, 2018, as the impairment charges on repossessed personal property were a component of the ALLL.
The Company monitors the fair value of assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor and recognizes impairment on the leased asset to the extent the carrying value is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value. Fair value is determined using collateral specific pricing digests, external appraisals, broker opinions, recent sales data from industry equipment dealers, and the discounted cash flows derived from the underlying lease agreement. As market data for similar assets and lease arrangements is available and used in the valuation, these assets are considered level 2. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases.

57

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Branch properties are classified as level 3, as their fair value is based on property-specific appraisals and broker opinions. No impairment charges were recognized on branch properties during the three months ended September 30, 2019 and an immaterial amount was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized impairment charges of $5 million on branch properties.
 
Land held for sale is recorded at the lesser of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and is considered level 3 as its fair value is determined based on property-specific appraisals and broker opinions. No impairment charges were recognized on land held for sale during the three months ended September 30, 2019. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on land held for sale.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

																						
 	 	 	September 30, 2019	 	Fair Value Measurements	
(Dollars in millions)	Measurement Category	 	Carrying Amount	 	Fair Value	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Financial assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	Amortized cost	 		$9,184		 		$9,184		 		$9,184		 		$—		 		$—		
Trading assets and derivative instruments	Fair value	 	7,104		 	7,104		 	764		 	6,313		 	27		
Securities AFS	Fair value	 	31,358		 	31,358		 	4,018		 	27,340		 	—		
LHFS	Amortized cost	 	518		 	525		 	—		 	448		 	77		
	Fair value	 	1,488		 	1,488		 	—		 	1,488		 	—		
LHFI, net	Amortized cost	 	156,632		 	156,222		 	—		 	—		 	156,222		
	Fair value	 	124		 	124		 	—		 	—		 	124		
Other 1	Amortized cost	 	737		 	737		 	—		 	—		 	737		
	Fair value	 	76		 	76		 	76		 	—		 	—		
Financial liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer and other time deposits	Amortized cost	 	16,727		 	16,637		 	—		 	16,637		 	—		
Brokered time deposits	Amortized cost	 	993		 	964		 	—		 	964		 	—		
	Fair value	 	552		 	552		 	—		 	552		 	—		
Short-term borrowings	Amortized cost	 	7,144		 	7,144		 	—		 	7,144		 	—		
Long-term debt	Amortized cost	 	20,067		 	20,257		 	—		 	18,490		 	1,767		
	Fair value	 	302		 	302		 	—		 	302		 	—		
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	Fair value	 	1,380		 	1,380		 	693		 	677		 	10		

	
																						
 	 	 	December 31, 2018	 	Fair Value Measurements	
(Dollars in millions)	Measurement Category	 	Carrying Amount	 	Fair Value	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Financial assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	Amortized cost	 		$7,495		 		$7,495		 		$7,495		 		$—		 		$—		
Trading assets and derivative instruments	Fair value	 	5,506		 	5,506		 	521		 	4,965		 	20		
Securities AFS	Fair value	 	31,442		 	31,442		 	4,211		 	27,231		 	—		
LHFS	Amortized cost	 	290		 	291		 	—		 	261		 	30		
	Fair value	 	1,178		 	1,178		 	—		 	1,178		 	—		
LHFI, net	Amortized cost	 	150,061		 	148,167		 	—		 	—		 	148,167		
	Fair value	 	163		 	163		 	—		 	—		 	163		
Other 1	Amortized cost	 	630		 	630		 	—		 	—		 	630		
	Fair value	 	95		 	95		 	95		 	—		 	—		
Financial liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer and other time deposits	Amortized cost	 	15,355		 	15,106		 	—		 	15,106		 	—		
Brokered time deposits	Amortized cost	 	642		 	615		 	—		 	615		 	—		
	Fair value	 	403		 	403		 	—		 	403		 	—		
Short-term borrowings	Amortized cost	 	8,772		 	8,772		 	—		 	8,772		 	—		
Long-term debt	Amortized cost	 	14,783		 	14,729		 	—		 	13,024		 	1,705		
	Fair value	 	289		 	289		 	—		 	289		 	—		
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	Fair value	 	1,604		 	1,604		 	925		 	672		 	7		
1 Other financial assets recorded at amortized cost consist of FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. Other financial assets recorded at fair value consist of mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values.

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had $76.2 billion and $72.0 billion of unfunded commercial loan commitments and letters of credit, respectively, that are not included in the preceding tables. Since no active trading market exists for these instruments, a reasonable estimate of the instruments' fair value is the carrying value of deferred fees plus
 
the related unfunded commitments reserve, which totaled $76 million and $72 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company does not estimate the fair value of its unfunded consumer lending commitments, which can generally be canceled by providing notice to the borrower.

58

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 18 – CONTINGENCIES
Litigation and Regulatory Matters
In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous civil claims and lawsuits and subject to regulatory examinations, investigations, and requests for information. Some of these matters involve claims for substantial amounts. The Company’s experience has shown that the damages alleged by plaintiffs or claimants are often overstated, based on unsubstantiated legal theories, unsupported by facts, and/or bear no relation to the ultimate award that a court might grant. Additionally, the outcome of litigation and regulatory matters and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. These factors make it difficult for the Company to provide a meaningful estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes of claims in the aggregate or by individual claim. However, on a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims in which it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company's financial statements at September 30, 2019 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with these matters, including costs to comply with various settlement agreements, where applicable. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved.
For a limited number of legal matters in which the Company is involved, the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses in excess of related reserves, if any. Management currently estimates these losses to range from $0 to approximately $160 million. This estimated range of reasonably possible losses represents the estimated possible losses over the life of such legal matters, which may span a currently indeterminable number of years, and is based on information available at September 30, 2019. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from this estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range; therefore, this estimated range does not represent the Company’s maximum loss exposure. Based on current knowledge, it is the opinion of management that liabilities arising from legal claims in excess of the amounts currently reserved, if any, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in light of the significant uncertainties involved in these matters and the large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for any given reporting period.
The following is a description of certain litigation and regulatory matters:
Card Association Antitrust Litigation
The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and Mastercard, as well as several other banks, in several antitrust lawsuits challenging their practices. For a discussion regarding the Company’s involvement in this litigation matter, see Note 15, “Guarantees.”

Bickerstaff v. SunTrust Bank
This case was filed in the Fulton County State Court on July 12, 2010, and an amended complaint was filed on August 9, 2010. Plaintiff asserts that all overdraft fees charged to his account which related to debit card and ATM transactions are actually interest charges and therefore subject to the usury laws of Georgia. Plaintiff has brought claims for violations of civil and criminal usury laws, conversion, and money had and received, and purports to bring the action on behalf of all Georgia citizens who incurred such overdraft fees within the four years before the complaint was filed where the overdraft fee resulted in an interest rate being charged in excess of the usury rate. On April 8, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for class certification and that motion was denied but the ruling was later reversed and remanded by the Georgia Supreme Court. On October 6, 2017, the trial court granted plaintiff's motion for class certification and the decision was affirmed by the Georgia Court of Appeals on March 6, 2019. The Bank filed a petition with the Georgia Supreme Court on April 15, 2019, asking the court to review the decision.
Mutual Funds ERISA Class Action
On March 11, 2011, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a putative class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering certain STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan. The plaintiffs purported to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the STI Classic Mutual Funds in their Plan accounts from April 2002 through December 2010 and seek to recover alleged losses these Plan participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in the STI Classic Mutual Funds. This action is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”). Subsequently, plaintiffs' counsel initiated a substantially similar lawsuit against the Company naming two new plaintiffs. On June 27, 2014, Brown, et al. v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al., another putative class action alleging breach of fiduciary duties associated with the inclusion of STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia but then was transferred to the District Court.
After various appeals, the cases were remanded to the District Court. On March 25, 2016, a consolidated amended complaint was filed, consolidating all of these pending actions into one case. The Company filed an answer to the consolidated amended complaint on June 6, 2016. Subsequent to the closing of fact discovery, plaintiffs filed their second amended consolidated complaint on December 19, 2017 which among other things named five new defendants. On January 2, 2018, defendants filed their answer to the second amended consolidated complaint. Defendants' motion for partial summary judgment was filed on January 12, 2018, and on January 16, 2018 the plaintiffs filed for motion for class certification. Defendants' motion for partial summary judgment was granted by the District Court on May 2, 2018, which held that all claims prior to March 11, 2005 have been dismissed as well as dismissing three individual defendants from the action. On June 27, 2018, the District Court granted the plaintiffs' motion for class

59

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

certification. On March 29, 2019, the District Court dismissed RidgeWorth Capital Management, Inc. from the lawsuit and on July 16, 2019, the District Court dismissed plaintiffs' claim for successor liability. On October 3, 2019, the District Court granted in part and denied in part defendants' motion for summary judgment on plaintiffs' remaining claims. The surviving claims have been placed on a civil trial calendar for early 2020.
Millennium Lender Claim Trust v. STRH and SunTrust Bank, et al.
In August 2017, the Trustee of the Millennium Lender Claim Trust filed a suit in the New York State Court against STRH, the Bank, and other lenders of the $1.775 B Millennium Health LLC f/k/a Millennium Laboratories LLC (“Millennium”) syndicated loan. The Trustee alleges that the loan was actually a security and that defendants misrepresented or omitted to state material facts in the offering materials and communications provided concerning the legality of Millennium's sales, marketing, and billing practices and the known risks posed by a pending government investigation into the illegality of such practices. The Trustee brings claims for violation of the California Corporate Securities Law, the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Colorado Securities Act, and the Illinois Securities Law, as well as negligent misrepresentation and seeks rescission of sales of securities as well as unspecified rescissory damages, compensatory damages, punitive damages, interest, and attorneys' fees and costs. The defendants removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and Trustee's motion to remand the case back to state court was
 
denied. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the claims on April 12, 2019.
SunTrust and BB&T Merger Litigation
Following the Merger announcement, six civil actions were filed challenging, among other things, the adequacy of the disclosures contained in the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus filed by BB&T with the SEC in connection with the proposed transaction. Five of these suits were filed by purported SunTrust stockholders against SunTrust and its Board and assert claims under Sections 14(a) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act challenging the adequacy of the public disclosures made concerning the proposed transaction. One of these five suits also asserts a claim against BB&T under Section 20(a). The sixth suit was filed by a purported BB&T stockholder against BB&T and its board of directors and asserts claims under state law challenging, among other things, the adequacy of the public disclosures made concerning the proposed transaction. Following discussions, SunTrust and BB&T reached agreement with plaintiffs to resolve these actions by making certain supplemental disclosures in the joint proxy statement/prospectus filed with the SEC in connection with the proposed transaction, which became definitive on June 19, 2019. To date, one of the suits filed by purported SunTrust stockholders has been dismissed with prejudice, and the suit filed by a purported BB&T stockholder has been discontinued with prejudice. Plaintiffs in the four remaining suits have similarly agreed to dismiss their actions in their entirety, with prejudice as to the named plaintiffs only and without prejudice to all other members of the putative class.

NOTE 19 - BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company operates and measures business activity across two segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. The Company's business segment structure is based on the manner in which financial information is evaluated by management as well as the products and services provided or the type of client served. The following is a description of the segments and their primary businesses at September 30, 2019.

The Consumer segment is made up of three primary businesses:
		
•	Consumer Banking provides services to individual consumers and business banking clients through an extensive network of traditional and in-store branches, ATMs, online banking (www.suntrust.com), mobile banking, and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). Financial products and services offered to consumers and small business clients include deposits and payments, loans, and various fee-based services. Consumer Banking also serves as an entry point for clients and provides services for other businesses.	

•	Consumer Lending Solutions offers an array of lending products to individual consumers and business banking clients via the Company's Consumer Banking and PWM businesses, correspondent channels, the internet (www.suntrust.com and www.lightstream.com), telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST), as well as through various national	
 
offices and partnerships. Products offered include mortgages, home equity lines, personal credit lines and loans, direct auto, indirect auto, student lending, credit cards, and other lending products. Mortgage products are either sold in the secondary market, generally with servicing rights retained, or held in the Company’s LHFI portfolio. Consumer Lending Solutions also services mortgage loans for other investors in addition to loans held in the Company’s LHFI portfolio.

•	PWM provides a full array of wealth management products and professional services to individual consumers and institutional clients, including loans, deposits, brokerage, professional investment advisory, and trust services to clients seeking active management of their financial resources. Institutional clients are served by the Institutional Investment Solutions business. Online and full-service brokerage products are offered to individual clients through STIS. Investment advisory products and services are offered to clients by STAS, an SEC registered investment advisor. PWM also includes GFO Advisory Services, LLC, which provides family office solutions to clients and their families to help them manage and sustain wealth across multiple generations, including family meeting facilitation, consolidated reporting, expense management, specialty asset management, and business transition advice, as well as other wealth management disciplines.	

60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The Wholesale segment is made up of three primary businesses and the Treasury & Payment Solutions product group:

•	CIB delivers comprehensive capital markets solutions, including advisory, capital-raising, and financial risk management, with the goal of serving the needs of both public and private companies in the Wholesale segment and PWM business. Investment Banking and Corporate Banking teams within CIB serve clients across the nation, offering a full suite of traditional banking and investment banking products and services to companies with annual revenues typically greater than $150 million. Investment Banking serves select industry segments including consumer and retail, energy, technology, financial services, healthcare, industrials, and media and communications. Corporate Banking serves clients across diversified industry sectors based on size, complexity, and frequency of capital markets issuance. CIB also includes the Company's Asset Finance Group, which offers a full complement of asset-based financing solutions such as securitizations, asset-based lending, equipment financing, and structured real estate arrangements.	

•	Commercial Banking offers an array of traditional banking products, including lending, cash management, and investment banking solutions via CIB, to commercial clients (generally clients with revenues between $5 million and $250 million), including not-for-profit organizations, governmental entities, healthcare and aging services, and auto dealer financing (floor plan inventory financing). Local teams deliver these solutions along with the Company's industry expertise to commercial clients to help them achieve smart growth.	

•	Commercial Real Estate provides a range of credit and deposit services as well as fee-based product offerings on a regional delivery basis to privately held developers, operators, and investors in commercial real estate properties through its National Banking Division. Commercial Real Estate also provides multi-family agency lending and servicing, advisory, and commercial mortgage brokerage services via its Agency Lending division. Additionally, Commercial Real Estate offers tailored financing and equity investment solutions for community development and affordable housing projects through STCC, with particular expertise in Low Income Housing Tax Credits and New Market Tax Credits. Real Estate Corporate and Investment Banking targets relationships with REITs and homebuilders, both publicly-traded and privately owned. The Investor Services Group offers loan administration, special servicing, valuation, and advisory services to third party clients.	

•	Treasury & Payment Solutions provides business clients in the Wholesale segment with services required to manage their payments and receipts, combined with the ability to manage and optimize their deposits across all aspects of their business. Treasury & Payment Solutions operates all electronic and paper payment types, including card, wire transfer, ACH, check, and cash. It also provides clients the means to manage their accounts electronically online, both domestically and internationally.	
 
Corporate Other includes management of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, long-term debt, end user derivative instruments, short-term liquidity and funding activities, balance sheet risk management, and most real estate assets, as well as the Company's functional activities such as marketing, finance, enterprise risk, legal, enterprise information services, and executive management, among others.
Because business segment results are presented based on management accounting practices, the transition to the consolidated results prepared under U.S. GAAP creates certain differences, which are reflected in reconciling items. Business segment reporting conventions are described below.
		
•	Net interest income-FTE – is reconciled from Net interest income and is grossed-up on an FTE basis to make income from tax-exempt assets comparable to other taxable products. Segment results reflect matched maturity funds transfer pricing, which ascribes credits or charges based on the economic value or cost created by assets and liabilities of each segment. Differences between these credits and charges are captured as reconciling items.	
		
•	Provision for credit losses – represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to each segment's quarterly change in the ALLL and unfunded commitments reserve balances.	

•	Noninterest income – includes federal and state tax credits that are grossed-up on a pre-tax equivalent basis, related primarily to certain community development investments.	

•	Provision for income taxes-FTE – is calculated using a blended income tax rate for each segment and includes reversals of the tax adjustments and credits described above. The difference between the calculated provision for income taxes at the segment level and the consolidated provision for income taxes is reported as reconciling items.	
The segment’s financial performance is comprised of direct financial results and allocations for various corporate functions that provide management an enhanced view of the segment’s financial performance. Internal allocations include the following:
		
•	Operational costs – expenses are charged to segments based on an activity-based costing process, which also allocates residual expenses to the segments. Generally, recoveries of these costs are reported in Corporate Other.	
		
•	Support and overhead costs – expenses not directly attributable to a specific segment are allocated based on various drivers (number of equivalent employees, number of PCs/laptops, net revenue, etc.). Recoveries for these allocations are reported in Corporate Other.	
The application and development of management reporting methodologies is an active process and undergoes periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment, with no impact on consolidated results. If significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, the impact of these changes is quantified and prior period information is revised, when practicable.

61

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																				
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer	 	Wholesale	 	Corporate Other	 	Reconciling
Items	 	Consolidated	
Balance Sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average LHFI		$80,414		 		$77,107		 		$91		 		$—		 		$157,612		
Average consumer and commercial deposits	114,132		 	45,817		 	2,779		 	(195	)	 	162,533		
Average total assets	90,329		 	93,584		 	38,557		 	2,277		 	224,747		
Average total liabilities	114,989		 	52,471		 	31,126		 	(65	)	 	198,521		
Average total equity	—		 	—		 	—		 	26,226		 	26,226		
Statements of Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income		$1,068		 		$529		 		($79	)	 		($8	)	 		$1,510		
FTE adjustment	—		 	21		 	—		 	1		 	22		
Net interest income-FTE 1	1,068		 	550		 	(79	)	 	(7	)	 	1,532		
Provision for credit losses 2	77		 	56		 	—		 	(1	)	 	132		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	991		 	494		 	(79	)	 	(6	)	 	1,400		
Total noninterest income	479		 	368		 	34		 	(38	)	 	843		
Total noninterest expense	1,025		 	457		 	(5	)	 	(3	)	 	1,474		
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	445		 	405		 	(40	)	 	(41	)	 	769		
Provision for income taxes-FTE 3	102		 	96		 	(10	)	 	(44	)	 	144		
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	343		 	309		 	(30	)	 	3		 	625		
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	2		 	—		 	2		
Net income		$343		 		$309		 		($32	)	 		$3		 		$623		

1 Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.
2 Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.
3 Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

	
																				
 	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer	 	Wholesale	 	Corporate Other	 	Reconciling
Items	 	Consolidated	
Balance Sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average LHFI		$75,234		 		$70,669		 		$93		 		($1	)	 		$145,995		
Average consumer and commercial deposits	111,950		 	44,702		 	3,264		 	(568	)	 	159,348		
Average total assets	85,933		 	84,909		 	35,647		 	906		 	207,395		
Average total liabilities	112,898		 	51,215		 	19,531		 	(524	)	 	183,120		
Average total equity	—		 	—		 	—		 	24,275		 	24,275		
Statements of Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income		$1,056		 		$539		 		($46	)	 		($37	)	 		$1,512		
FTE adjustment	—		 	22		 	1		 	(1	)	 	22		
Net interest income-FTE 1	1,056		 	561		 	(45	)	 	(38	)	 	1,534		
Provision for credit losses 2	36		 	24		 	—		 	1		 	61		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	1,020		 	537		 	(45	)	 	(39	)	 	1,473		
Total noninterest income	444		 	368		 	16		 	(46	)	 	782		
Total noninterest expense	991		 	432		 	(35	)	 	(4	)	 	1,384		
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	473		 	473		 	6		 	(81	)	 	871		
Provision for income taxes-FTE 3	108		 	112		 	(51	)	 	(52	)	 	117		
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	365		 	361		 	57		 	(29	)	 	754		
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	2		 	—		 	2		
Net income		$365		 		$361		 		$55		 		($29	)	 		$752		

1 	Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.	
		
2 	Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.	
		
3 	Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.	

62

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

	
																				
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer	 	Wholesale	 	Corporate Other	 	Reconciling
Items	 	Consolidated	
Balance Sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average LHFI		$79,473		 		$76,481		 		$90		 		$—		 		$156,044		
Average consumer and commercial deposits	113,067		 	44,777		 	3,224		 	(289	)	 	160,779		
Average total assets	89,026		 	92,046		 	38,189		 	1,758		 	221,019		
Average total liabilities	113,979		 	51,441		 	30,465		 	(173	)	 	195,712		
Average total equity	—		 	—		 	—		 	25,307		 	25,307		
Statements of Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income		$3,222		 		$1,607		 		($222	)	 		($18	)	 		$4,589		
FTE adjustment	—		 	65		 	1		 	—		 	66		
Net interest income-FTE 1	3,222		 	1,672		 	(221	)	 	(18	)	 	4,655		
Provision for credit losses 2	204		 	208		 	—		 	—		 	412		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	3,018		 	1,464		 	(221	)	 	(18	)	 	4,243		
Total noninterest income	1,415		 	1,137		 	230		 	(129	)	 	2,653		
Total noninterest expense	3,029		 	1,382		 	207		 	(16	)	 	4,602		
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	1,404		 	1,219		 	(198	)	 	(131	)	 	2,294		
Provision for income taxes-FTE 3	321		 	289		 	(81	)	 	(133	)	 	396		
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	1,083		 	930		 	(117	)	 	2		 	1,898		
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	7		 	—		 	7		
Net income		$1,083		 		$930		 		($124	)	 		$2		 		$1,891		
1 Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.
2 Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.
3 Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

	
																				
 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer	 	Wholesale	 	Corporate Other	 	Reconciling
Items	 	Consolidated	
Balance Sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average LHFI		$74,907		 		$69,375		 		$89		 		($3	)	 		$144,368		
Average consumer and commercial deposits	111,008		 	45,247		 	3,234		 	(330	)	 	159,159		
Average total assets	84,909		 	83,193		 	35,585		 	1,683		 	205,370		
Average total liabilities	111,909		 	51,375		 	18,065		 	(303	)	 	181,046		
Average total equity	—		 	—		 	—		 	24,324		 	24,324		
Statements of Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income		$3,087		 		$1,580		 		($111	)	 		($116	)	 		$4,440		
FTE adjustment	—		 	63		 	2		 	—		 	65		
Net interest income-FTE 1	3,087		 	1,643		 	(109	)	 	(116	)	 	4,505		
Provision for credit losses 2	102		 	19		 	—		 	—		 	121		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	2,985		 	1,624		 	(109	)	 	(116	)	 	4,384		
Total noninterest income	1,347		 	1,096		 	81		 	(116	)	 	2,408		
Total noninterest expense	2,984		 	1,307		 	(83	)	 	(17	)	 	4,191		
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	1,348		 	1,413		 	55		 	(215	)	 	2,601		
Provision for income taxes-FTE 3	305		 	334		 	(23	)	 	(139	)	 	477		
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	1,043		 	1,079		 	78		 	(76	)	 	2,124		
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	7		 	—		 	7		
Net income		$1,043		 		$1,079		 		$71		 		($76	)	 		$2,117		
1 Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.
2 Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.
3 Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

63

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 20 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Changes in the components of AOCI, net of tax, are presented in the following table:

																								
(Dollars in millions)	Securities AFS	 	Derivative Instruments	 	Brokered Time Deposits	 	Long-Term Debt	 	Employee Benefit Plans	 	Total	
Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, beginning of period		$437		 		($148	)	 		$—		 		($1	)	 		($689	)	 		($401	)	
Net unrealized gains arising during the period	169		 	47		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	216		
Amounts reclassified to net income	(3	)	 	35		 	—		 	—		 	4		 	36		
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	166		 	82		 	—		 	—		 	4		 	252		
Balance, end of period		$603		 		($66	)	 		$—		 		($1	)	 		($685	)	 		($149	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, beginning of period		($519	)	 		($459	)	 		($1	)	 		($2	)	 		($698	)	 		($1,679	)	
Net unrealized losses arising during the period	(178	)	 	(37	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(215	)	
Amounts reclassified to net income	—		 	17		 	—		 	—		 	3		 	20		
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax	(178	)	 	(20	)	 	—		 	—		 	3		 	(195	)	
Balance, end of period		($697	)	 		($479	)	 		($1	)	 		($2	)	 		($695	)	 		($1,874	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, beginning of period		($357	)	 		($368	)	 		$1		 		($1	)	 		($695	)	 		($1,420	)	
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period	931		 	203		 	(1	)	 	—		 	—		 	1,133		
Amounts reclassified to net income	29		 	99		 	—		 	—		 	10		 	138		
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax	960		 	302		 	(1	)	 	—		 	10		 	1,271		
Balance, end of period		$603		 		($66	)	 		$—		 		($1	)	 		($685	)	 		($149	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, beginning of period		($1	)	 		($244	)	 		($1	)	 		($4	)	 		($570	)			($820	)	
Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoption 1	30		 	(56	)	 	—		 	(1	)	 	(127	)	 	(154	)	
Net unrealized (losses)/gains arising during the period	(725	)	 	(209	)	 	—		 	3		 	(7	)	 	(938	)	
Amounts reclassified to net income	(1	)	 	30		 	—		 	—		 	9		 	38		
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax	(726	)	 	(179	)	 	—		 	3		 	2		 	(900	)	
Balance, end of period		($697	)	 		($479	)	 		($1	)	 		($2	)	 		($695	)	 		($1,874	)	

1 	Related to the Company’s early adoption of ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.	

64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income, and the related tax effects, are presented in the following table:

																			
(Dollars in millions)	 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income	
Details About AOCI Components	 	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	 		
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net realized (gains)/losses on securities AFS	 		($4	)	 		$—		 		$38		 		($1	)	 	Net securities gains/(losses)	
Tax effect	 	1		 	—		 	(9	)	 	—		 	Provision for income taxes	
 	 	(3	)	 	—		 	29		 	(1	)	 	 	
Derivative Instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net realized losses on cash flow hedges	 	46		 	22		 	129		 	39		 	Interest and fees on loans held for investment	
Tax effect	 	(11	)	 	(5	)	 	(30	)	 	(9	)	 	Provision for income taxes	
 	 	35		 	17		 	99		 	30		 	 	
Employee Benefit Plans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amortization of prior service credit	 	(1	)	 	(2	)	 	(4	)	 	(5	)	 	Employee benefits	
Amortization of actuarial loss	 	6		 	6		 	18		 	17		 	Employee benefits	
 	 	5		 	4		 	14		 	12		 	 	
Tax effect	 	(1	)	 	(1	)	 	(4	)	 	(3	)	 	Provision for income taxes	
 	 	4		 	3		 	10		 	9		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total reclassifications from AOCI to net income	 		$36		 		$20		 		$138		 		$38		 	 	

65

	
					
Item 2.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION	

INTRODUCTION
We are a leading provider of financial services, with our headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. We are an organization driven by our Company purpose of Lighting the Way to Financial Well-Being — helping instill a sense of confidence in the financial circumstances of clients, communities, teammates, and owners is at the center of everything we do. Our principal subsidiary, SunTrust Bank, offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other digital and national delivery channels. In addition to deposit, credit, mortgage banking, and trust and investment services offered by the Bank, our other subsidiaries provide capital markets, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth management services. We operate two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. See Note 19, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments.
This MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, as well as with the other information contained in this document and in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K. When we refer to “SunTrust,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this report, we mean SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
In this MD&A, consistent with SEC guidance in Industry Guide 3 that contemplates the calculation of tax-exempt income on a tax equivalent basis, we present net interest income, net interest margin, total revenue, and efficiency ratios on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe the FTE basis is the preferred industry measurement basis for net interest income, net interest margin, total revenue, and efficiency ratios, and that it enhances comparability of net interest income and total revenue arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Additionally, we present other non-U.S. GAAP metrics to assist investors in understanding management’s view of particular financial measures, as well as to align presentation of these financial measures with peers in the industry who may also provide a similar presentation. Reconcilements for all non-U.S. GAAP measures are provided in Table 17.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Financial Performance
We delivered solid core business results in the third quarter of 2019, marked by continued loan growth, improved deposit growth, diverse fee income, and strong credit quality. Diluted EPS for the third quarter of 2019 was $1.34, which included $(0.06) per share in Merger-related impacts. This compares to $1.56 per average common diluted share for the third quarter of 2018, which included $0.14 per share of net discrete income tax benefits. See additional discussion regarding Merger-related impacts in the “Noninterest Expense” section of this MD&A.
Total revenue for the third quarter of 2019 increased 3% compared to the third quarter of 2018, driven by higher noninterest income. Net interest income was stable relative to the third quarter of 2018 as a 21 basis point decline in the net interest margin was offset by 8% growth in average performing LHFI and 2% growth in average client deposits. The year-over-year decrease in net interest margin was driven primarily by higher funding costs resulting from higher rates paid on deposits and higher levels of wholesale funding needed to support earning asset growth. On a standalone basis, we expect net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2019 to decline by five to eight basis points relative to the third quarter, given the impacts of the September and October Fed Funds rate reductions and our net exposure to interest rates. See additional discussion related to net interest income and margin in the “Net Interest Income/Margin” section of this MD&A. Also in this MD&A, see Table 12, “Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity,” for an analysis of potential changes in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates.
Noninterest income increased $61 million, or 8%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $245 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Excluding the $5 million and $205 million insurance settlement benefits related to financial crisis-era related claims recognized in the current and prior quarters, respectively, noninterest income increased $56 million, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $35 million, or 1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven by increases across most categories, most notably a $23 million increase in mortgage-related income. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was driven primarily by higher commercial real estate-related and mortgage-related income, offset partially by net securities losses and lower capital markets-related income. See additional discussion related to revenue and noninterest income in the “Noninterest Income” section of this MD&A.
Noninterest expense increased $90 million, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $411 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Excluding the Merger-related impacts of $33 million in the current quarter and $92 million in the first nine months of 2019 as well as the $205 million charitable contribution to the SunTrust Foundation in the prior quarter, noninterest expense increased $57 million, or 4%, compared to the third quarter of

66

2018 and increased $114 million, or 3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The 4% increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven by higher personnel expenses, net occupancy expense, and ongoing investments in technology. The 3% increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was driven by higher outside processing and software, personnel expenses, net occupancy expense, and operating losses. For additional discussion of noninterest expense, including further information regarding Merger-related costs and impacts, see the “Noninterest Expense” section of this MD&A.
For the third quarter of 2019, our efficiency and tangible efficiency ratios were 62.1% and 61.2%, compared to 59.8% and 58.9% for the third quarter of 2018, respectively. Our current year efficiency ratios were unfavorably impacted by the Merger-related impacts, but were favorably impacted by the insurance settlement benefits recognized during the current quarter; when excluding the impact of these items, our adjusted tangible efficiency ratio was 59.9% for the third quarter of 2019. We anticipate realizing significant synergies and scale through the Merger, which will afford us the opportunity to achieve peer-leading efficiency and create incremental capacity for investments. See Table 17, “Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures,” in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and reconciliations of, our tangible and adjusted tangible efficiency ratios.
Our asset quality metrics were strong during the third quarter of 2019, evidenced by our 0.28% net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio on an annualized basis and 0.38% NPLs to period-end LHFI ratio. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio. On a standalone basis, we still expect our full year 2019 net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio to be between 25 and 30 basis points. However, we believe this ratio will have an upward trajectory over time, given the strong performance we have experienced in recent years combined with increased levels of macroeconomic, political, and global uncertainty. See additional discussion of our credit and asset quality, in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A.
Average LHFI for the third quarter of 2019 totaled $157.6 billion, up $11.6 billion, or 8%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, led by growth in C&I, CRE, consumer direct and indirect loans, and residential mortgages, offset partially by declines in commercial construction loans and residential home equity products. See additional loan discussions in the “Loans,” “Nonperforming Assets,” and “Net Interest Income/Margin” sections of this MD&A.
Average consumer and commercial deposits increased 2% compared to the third quarter of 2018 as growth in NOW accounts and time deposits were offset, in large part, by declines in noninterest-bearing deposits and money market accounts. The increase in average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits reflects improved production from our Consumer segment, where we are benefiting from increased momentum associated with new checking and savings products that were introduced at the end of 2018, as well as our targeted marketing and pricing strategies. We also benefited from targeted growth with certain corporate clients through successes achieved by our corporate liquidity product specialist team. See additional
 
discussion regarding average deposits in the “Net Interest Income/Margin” section of this MD&A.
Capital
Our capital ratios continue to be well above regulatory requirements. The CET1 ratio was 9.33% at September 30, 2019, a 12 basis point increase compared to December 31, 2018, driven primarily by growth in retained earnings, offset partially by an increase in RWA. The Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios also increased compared to December 31, 2018, due to the same factors impacting our CET1 ratio. Going forward, we continue to expect our capital ratios to trend upward given our suspension of share repurchases in anticipation of the Merger. This will result in a share count that is relatively stable until the Merger closes.
Our book value and tangible book value per common share increased by 11% and 14%, respectively, compared to December 31, 2018, driven primarily by growth in retained earnings and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss. See additional details related to our capital in Note 15, “Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A. Also see Table 17, “Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures,” in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and a reconciliation of, tangible book value per common share.
During the first quarter of 2019, we repurchased $250 million of our outstanding common stock under the 2018 capital plan pursuant to an SEC Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan entered into on November 6, 2018. During the second quarter of 2019, we had $500 million of unused common stock repurchase capacity remaining under the 2018 capital plan, which effectively expired on June 30, 2019 as we did not utilize this remaining share repurchase capacity in view of the Merger. Additionally, we increased our common stock dividend to $0.56 per common share in the third quarter of 2019, up 12% compared to both the prior quarter and the third quarter of 2018. For additional details related to our capital actions and share repurchases, refer to the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.
Merger
On February 7, 2019, we announced that our Board approved a definitive agreement to combine with BB&T in an all-stock Merger. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), our shareholders will have the right to receive 1.295 shares of BB&T common stock for each share of our common stock. A new corporate headquarters for the combined company has been announced and will be established in Charlotte, North Carolina. It will operate under the new name and brand, Truist Financial Corporation (“Truist”), while the combined company's board of directors and executive management team will be evenly split between SunTrust and BB&T. The Merger is expected to expand capabilities and accelerate capacity to invest in transformational technologies for clients and communities, combine complementary business models to create a diverse and comprehensive business mix with strong market positions, and deliver organizational and other Merger-related synergies, while also being accretive to the combined company's profitability profile and increasing the

67

service and benefits to clients and communities. Our Merger with BB&T is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2019, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including receipt of remaining regulatory approvals.
On July 10, 2019, BB&T received regulatory approval from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks for the Merger. On July 16, 2019, SunTrust and BB&T announced a Truist Bank Community Benefits Plan (the “Plan”) under which the combined company will invest, lend, or donate a total of $60 billion to low and moderate-income borrowers and communities over a three-year period from 2020 to 2022. The Plan represents an increase in the comparable community investment, lending, and philanthropy of SunTrust and BB&T, and is an important opportunity of the Merger. On July 30, 2019, SunTrust and BB&T shareholders approved the Merger and BB&T's shareholders approved Truist Financial Corporation to be the name of the combined company.
Additionally, during the third quarter of 2019 SunTrust and BB&T continued the organizational design process for Truist, which culminated in the announcement of nearly 8,000 positions. Consistent with earlier phases of the organizational design, these leaders reflect top talent in both BB&T and SunTrust and a balance between both companies. The companies also made progress in selecting the systems to be used for the combined company and creating roadmaps for integration of these systems. As part of this process, we completed a vast majority of key technology ecosystem decisions to create a successful foundation for Truist. For more information on our proposed Merger with BB&T, see Part I, Items 1 and 1A, “Business” and “Risk Factors,” as well as Note 21, “Subsequent Event,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Business Segments Highlights
Consumer
Net interest income decreased $10 million, or 1%, sequentially and increased $12 million, or 1%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. The year-over-year increase was due primarily to loan and deposit growth which was offset partially by margin compression. Noninterest income decreased $10 million, or 2%, sequentially and increased $35 million, or 8%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. Excluding the impact of the $44 million gain on the sale of accruing TDRs in the second quarter of 2019, noninterest income increased $34 million, or 8%, sequentially. These sequential and year-over-year increases in noninterest income were driven primarily by strength in mortgage production-related income as a result of increased refinancing activity and improved gain on sale margins. Wealth management-related income increased 4% sequentially due to the seasonality of certain services. Assets under management grew 2% year-over-year as a result of improved market conditions and collaboration across our Consumer segment.
The positive lending momentum we have had in Consumer continued in the third quarter of 2019. Consumer lending production, excluding mortgage, was up 7% year-over-year. The investments that we have made in LightStream and our point-of-sale lending partnerships continue to contribute to our loan growth. Enhanced analytics, improved automation, new product offerings, partnership growth, and increased referrals have all
 
been key contributors to our 38% year-over-year growth in LightStream.
The average balance of our LHFI portfolio increased $1.1 billion, or 1%, sequentially, and $5.2 billion, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. In addition to the aforementioned growth in LightStream originations, we have enhanced our point-of-sale lending capabilities and expanded our partnership network. We added two additional point of sale financing partners this quarter; one focused on solar and the other focused on equipment. These partnerships further our strategy of investing in digital lending channels to meet clients where they make purchase decisions. The average balance of our deposits increased $1.3 billion, or 1%, sequentially, and $2.2 billion, or 2%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, reflecting good momentum with new product offerings introduced at the end of 2018 and our targeted marketing campaigns.
Overall, our Consumer business segment continues to grow, benefiting from a strong presence across high growth markets and our continued progress in enhancing digital and technology capabilities. These strengths will be amplified when we consummate the Merger, with the potential to create retail and PWM businesses that will be among the leaders in the industry across many key dimensions; growth, efficiency, talent, and technology.

Wholesale
Net interest income decreased $9 million, or 2%, sequentially and decreased $11 million, or 2%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, due primarily to lower net interest margin. Noninterest income decreased $36 million, or 9%, sequentially and remained flat compared to the third quarter of 2018. The sequential decrease was due in part to a $14 million loss in trading income for counterparty credit valuation reserves as well as a decline in commercial real estate-related income given our strong performance in the second quarter of 2019. The decrease in noninterest income was offset partially by a strong performance in investment banking income particularly in debt capital markets and mergers and acquisitions. Approximately 35% of our merger and acquisition fees in the current year have come from our commercial banking clients, which is a good indicator of the continued success we are having in bringing enhanced advisory capabilities to a broader set of clients.
The average balance of our LHFI portfolio increased $253 million, sequentially and $6.4 billion, or 9%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. Paydown activity increased during the third quarter of 2019, particularly in C&I, which drove slower growth relative to the second quarter of 2019. The average balance of our deposits increased $1.7 billion, or 4%, sequentially and $1.1 billion, or 2%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. The strong deposit growth during the current quarter was a result of success from our corporate liquidity specialist team, in addition to several large temporary client deposits.
We have made consistent strategic investments in building out our product and industry expertise, broadening our product offerings, and expanding into new markets. Commercial real estate-related income was up 61% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, reflective of our strong client relationships and deep expertise in the structured real estate business, the improved momentum from our agency lending

68

business given increased collaboration between our coverage bankers and product specialists, and solid core performance from STCC. In our Commercial Banking business, our continued success is driven by the national expansion of our aging services vertical and the expansion of our core commercial business into new markets. We have improved technology capabilities for our clients and teammates both for loan originations and Treasury & Payment Solutions. Each of these investments in growth is the result of our ongoing efficiency initiatives and these achievements were all accomplished in the context of our consistent risk discipline and our ability to succeed based on advice, not structure or price.
 
Our strategies within the Wholesale segment continue to drive solid, sustainable results and have created a strong foundation to build upon when we consummate the Merger, which will provide us the opportunity to bring our capabilities and differentiated model to a broader set of corporate and commercial clients.

Additional information related to our business segments can be found in Note 19, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, and further discussion of our business segment results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 can be found in the “Business Segment Results” section of this MD&A.

69

	
																													
Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid	 	Table 1	 	
 	Three Months Ended	 	Increase/(Decrease)	
 	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	 		
(Dollars in millions)	Average
Balances	 	Income/
Expense	 	Yields/
Rates	 	Average
Balances	 	Income/
Expense	 	Yields/
Rates	 	Average
Balances	 	Yields/
Rates	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFI: 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$73,121		 		$703		 	3.82	%	 		$67,632		 		$659		 	3.87	%	 		$5,489		 	(0.05	)	
CRE	9,005		 	96		 	4.23		 	6,418		 	68		 	4.19		 	2,587		 	0.04		
Commercial construction	2,225		 	28		 	5.03		 	3,300		 	40		 	4.76		 	(1,075	)	 	0.27		
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	475		 	4		 	3.04		 	502		 	3		 	2.76		 	(27	)	 	0.28		
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	28,693		 	275		 	3.84		 	27,584		 	268		 	3.89		 	1,109		 	(0.05	)	
Residential home equity products	8,683		 	116		 	5.29		 	9,632		 	121		 	4.97		 	(949	)	 	0.32		
Residential construction	142		 	2		 	4.66		 	193		 	2		 	4.75		 	(51	)	 	(0.09	)	
Consumer student - guaranteed	7,137		 	89		 	4.94		 	6,912		 	88		 	5.05		 	225		 	(0.11	)	
Consumer other direct	12,074		 	190		 	6.24		 	9,726		 	135		 	5.49		 	2,348		 	0.75		
Consumer indirect	13,831		 	151		 	4.33		 	11,770		 	114		 	3.86		 	2,061		 	0.47		
Consumer credit cards	1,691		 	51		 	12.00		 	1,573		 	46		 	11.71		 	118		 	0.29		
Nonaccrual 2	535		 	3		 	2.55		 	753		 	5		 	2.70		 	(218	)	 	(0.15	)	
Total LHFI	157,612		 	1,708		 	4.30		 	145,995		 	1,549		 	4.21		 	11,617		 	0.09		
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Taxable	30,862		 	211		 	2.73		 	30,927		 	207		 	2.68		 	(65	)	 	0.05		
Tax-exempt	571		 	4		 	2.99		 	625		 	5		 	2.99		 	(54	)	 	—		
Total securities AFS	31,433		 	215		 	2.73		 	31,552		 	212		 	2.69		 	(119	)	 	0.04		
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,215		 	7		 	2.11		 	1,426		 	7		 	1.79		 	(211	)	 	0.32		
LHFS	2,297		 	21		 	3.75		 	2,022		 	22		 	4.40		 	275		 	(0.65	)	
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	26		 	—		 	3.65		 	25		 	—		 	3.90		 	1		 	(0.25	)	
Interest earning trading assets	5,454		 	45		 	3.30		 	4,789		 	39		 	3.18		 	665		 	0.12		
Other earning assets	841		 	9		 	4.29		 	535		 	5		 	3.79		 	306		 	0.50		
Total earning assets	198,878		 	2,005		 	4.00		 	186,344		 	1,834		 	3.90		 	12,534		 	0.10		
ALLL	(1,692	)	 	 	 	 	 	(1,665	)	 	 	 	 	 	(27	)	 	 	
Cash and due from banks	5,218		 	 	 	 	 	4,575		 	 	 	 	 	643		 	 	
Other noninterest earning assets	19,780		 	 	 	 	 	18,192		 	 	 	 	 	1,588		 	 	
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments	1,876		 	 	 	 	 	668		 	 	 	 	 	1,208		 	 	
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities AFS, net	687		 	 	 	 	 	(719	)	 	 	 	 	 	1,406		 	 	
Total assets		$224,747		 	 	 	 	 		$207,395		 	 	 	 	 		$17,352		 	 	
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing deposits:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NOW accounts		$50,723		 		$109		 	0.85	%	 		$45,345		 		$65		 	0.57	%	 		$5,378		 	0.28		
Money market accounts	48,121		 	100		 	0.82		 	49,926		 	73		 	0.58		 	(1,805	)	 	0.24		
Savings	6,570		 	—		 	0.02		 	6,658		 	—		 	0.02		 	(88	)	 	—		
Consumer time	7,228		 	28		 	1.51		 	6,413		 	17		 	1.03		 	815		 	0.48		
Other time	9,602		 	49		 	2.01		 	8,357		 	33		 	1.55		 	1,245		 	0.46		
Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits	122,244		 	286		 	0.93		 	116,699		 	188		 	0.64		 	5,545		 	0.29		
Brokered time deposits	1,566		 	7		 	1.79		 	1,041		 	4		 	1.54		 	525		 	0.25		
Foreign deposits	—		 	—		 	—		 	172		 	1		 	1.94		 	(172	)	 	(1.94	)	
Total interest-bearing deposits	123,810		 	293		 	0.94		 	117,912		 	193		 	0.65		 	5,898		 	0.29		
Funds purchased	371		 	2		 	2.12		 	1,352		 	7		 	1.94		 	(981	)	 	0.18		
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,801		 	10		 	2.09		 	1,638		 	8		 	1.85		 	163		 	0.24		
Other short-term borrowings	6,182		 	33		 	2.13		 	2,259		 	9		 	1.57		 	3,923		 	0.56		
Long-term debt	20,311		 	150		 	2.92		 	12,922		 	95		 	2.92		 	7,389		 	—		
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	1,132		 	7		 	2.62		 	1,233		 	10		 	3.33		 	(101	)	 	(0.71	)	
Total interest-bearing liabilities	153,607		 	495		 	1.28		 	137,316		 	322		 	0.93		 	16,291		 	0.35		
Noninterest-bearing deposits	40,289		 	 	 	 	 	42,649		 	 	 	 	 	(2,360	)	 	 	
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities	4,148		 	 	 	 	 	2,465		 	 	 	 	 	1,683		 	 	
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments	477		 	 	 	 	 	690		 	 	 	 	 	(213	)	 	 	
Shareholders’ equity	26,226		 	 	 	 	 	24,275		 	 	 	 	 	1,951		 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$224,747		 	 	 	 	 		$207,395		 	 	 	 	 		$17,352		 	 	
Interest rate spread	 	 	 	 	2.72	%	 	 	 	 	 	2.97	%	 	 	 	(0.25	)	
Net interest income 3	 	 		$1,510		 	 	 	 	 		$1,512		 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income-FTE 3, 4	 	 		$1,532		 	 	 	 	 		$1,534		 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest margin 5	 	 	 	 	3.01	%	 	 	 	 	 	3.22	%	 	 	 	(0.21	)	
Net interest margin-FTE 4, 5	 	 	 	 	3.06		 	 	 	 	 	3.27		 	 	 	(0.21	)	
1 Interest income includes loan fees of $31 million and $43 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
2 Income on consumer and residential nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis.
3 Derivative instruments employed to manage our interest rate sensitivity decreased net interest income by $51 million and $22 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
4 See Table 17, “Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures,” in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP performance measures. Approximately 95% of the total FTE adjustment for both the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 was attributed to C&I loans.
5 Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income by average total earning assets.

70

	
																													
Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid (continued)	
 	Nine Months Ended	 	 	
 	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	 	Increase/(Decrease)	
(Dollars in millions)	Average
Balances	 	Income/
Expense	 	Yields/
Rates	 	Average
Balances	 	Income/
Expense	 	Yields/
Rates	 	Average
Balances	 	Yields/
Rates	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LHFI: 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$72,955		 		$2,167		 	3.97	%	 		$67,042		 		$1,880		 	3.75	%	 		$5,913		 	0.22		
CRE	8,314		 	273		 	4.39		 	5,787		 	175		 	4.04		 	2,527		 	0.35		
Commercial construction	2,417		 	95		 	5.24		 	3,534		 	120		 	4.53		 	(1,117	)	 	0.71		
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	472		 	10		 	2.97		 	576		 	13		 	3.09		 	(104	)	 	(0.12	)	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	28,545		 	832		 	3.89		 	27,159		 	780		 	3.83		 	1,386		 	0.06		
Residential home equity products	8,925		 	355		 	5.31		 	9,929		 	356		 	4.79		 	(1,004	)	 	0.52		
Residential construction	153		 	6		 	5.16		 	223		 	8		 	4.81		 	(70	)	 	0.35		
Consumer student - guaranteed	7,216		 	277		 	5.13		 	6,778		 	249		 	4.91		 	438		 	0.22		
Consumer other direct	11,433		 	525		 	6.14		 	9,236		 	365		 	5.28		 	2,197		 	0.86		
Consumer indirect	13,412		 	425		 	4.24		 	11,834		 	330		 	3.72		 	1,578		 	0.52		
Consumer credit cards	1,664		 	149		 	11.96		 	1,541		 	133		 	11.47		 	123		 	0.49		
Nonaccrual 2	538		 	11		 	2.69		 	729		 	15		 	2.77		 	(191	)	 	(0.08	)	
Total LHFI	156,044		 	5,125		 	4.39		 	144,368		 	4,424		 	4.10		 	11,676		 	0.29		
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Taxable	31,135		 	646		 	2.77		 	30,912		 	614		 	2.65		 	223		 	0.12		
Tax-exempt	585		 	13		 	2.99		 	630		 	14		 	2.99		 	(45	)	 	—		
Total securities AFS	31,720		 	659		 	2.77		 	31,542		 	628		 	2.66		 	178		 	0.11		
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,266		 	22		 	2.23		 	1,411		 	16		 	1.52		 	(145	)	 	0.71		
LHFS	1,686		 	50		 	3.96		 	2,055		 	67		 	4.35		 	(369	)	 	(0.39	)	
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25		 	1		 	4.42		 	25		 	1		 	2.70		 	—		 	1.72		
Interest earning trading assets	5,321		 	133		 	3.34		 	4,677		 	110		 	3.16		 	644		 	0.18		
Other earning assets	840		 	23		 	3.71		 	529		 	15		 	3.75		 	311		 	(0.04	)	
Total earning assets	196,902		 	6,013		 	4.08		 	184,607		 	5,261		 	3.81		 	12,295		 	0.27		
ALLL	(1,664	)	 	 	 	 	 	(1,691	)	 	 	 	 	 	27		 	 	
Cash and due from banks	4,526		 	 	 	 	 	4,706		 	 	 	 	 	(180	)	 	 	
Other noninterest earning assets	19,808		 	 	 	 	 	17,678		 	 	 	 	 	2,130		 	 	
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments	1,301		 	 	 	 	 	650		 	 	 	 	 	651		 	 	
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities AFS, net	146		 	 	 	 	 	(580	)	 	 	 	 	 	726		 	 	
Total assets		$221,019		 	 	 	 	 		$205,370		 	 	 	 	 		$15,649		 	 	
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing deposits:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NOW accounts		$49,398		 		$299		 	0.81	%	 		$45,755		 		$162		 	0.47	%	 		$3,643		 	0.34		
Money market accounts	48,212		 	282		 	0.78		 	50,102		 	182		 	0.49		 	(1,890	)	 	0.29		
Savings	6,641		 	1		 	0.02		 	6,684		 	1		 	0.03		 	(43	)	 	(0.01	)	
Consumer time	7,013		 	74		 	1.41		 	6,261		 	45		 	0.95		 	752		 	0.46		
Other time	9,346		 	138		 	1.97		 	7,680		 	81		 	1.41		 	1,666		 	0.56		
Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits	120,610		 	794		 	0.88		 	116,482		 	471		 	0.54		 	4,128		 	0.34		
Brokered time deposits	1,249		 	16		 	1.71		 	1,026		 	11		 	1.45		 	223		 	0.26		
Foreign deposits	65		 	1		 	2.41		 	121		 	2		 	1.85		 	(56	)	 	0.56		
Total interest-bearing deposits	121,924		 	811		 	0.89		 	117,629		 	484		 	0.55		 	4,295		 	0.34		
Funds purchased	927		 	17		 	2.36		 	1,112		 	15		 	1.74		 	(185	)	 	0.62		
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,763		 	29		 	2.21		 	1,630		 	20		 	1.66		 	133		 	0.55		
Other short-term borrowings	6,824		 	116		 	2.28		 	2,051		 	22		 	1.41		 	4,773		 	0.87		
Long-term debt	18,437		 	425		 	3.08		 	11,635		 	252		 	2.89		 	6,802		 	0.19		
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	1,212		 	26		 	2.88		 	1,219		 	28		 	3.11		 	(7	)	 	(0.23	)	
Total interest-bearing liabilities	151,087		 	1,424		 	1.26		 	135,276		 	821		 	0.81		 	15,811		 	0.45		
Noninterest-bearing deposits	40,169		 	 	 	 	 	42,677		 	 	 	 	 	(2,508	)	 	 	
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities	4,039		 	 	 	 	 	2,424		 	 	 	 	 	1,615		 	 	
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments	417		 	 	 	 	 	669		 	 	 	 	 	(252	)	 	 	
Shareholders’ equity	25,307		 	 	 	 	 	24,324		 	 	 	 	 	983		 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$221,019		 	 	 	 	 		$205,370		 	 	 	 	 		$15,649		 	 	
Interest rate spread	 	 	 	 	2.82	%	 	 	 	 	 	3.00	%	 	 	 	(0.18	)	
Net interest income 3	 	 		$4,589		 	 	 	 	 		$4,440		 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income-FTE 3, 4	 	 		$4,655		 	 	 	 	 		$4,505		 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest margin 5	 	 	 	 	3.12	%	 	 	 	 	 	3.22	%	 	 	 	(0.10	)	
Net interest margin-FTE 4, 5	 	 	 	 	3.16		 	 	 	 	 	3.26		 	 	 	(0.10	)	
 
1 Interest income includes loan fees of $105 million and $121 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
2 Income on consumer and residential nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis.
3 Derivative instruments employed to manage our interest rate sensitivity decreased net interest income by $155 million and $43 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
4 See Table 17, “Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures,” in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP performance measures. Approximately 95% of the total FTE adjustment for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 was attributed to C&I loans.
5 Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income by average total earning assets.

71

NET INTEREST INCOME/MARGIN (FTE)
Third Quarter of 2019
Net interest income was $1.5 billion for the third quarter of 2019, a decrease of $2 million, compared to the third quarter of 2018. Net interest margin decreased 21 basis points year-over-year, to 3.06%, driven primarily by higher funding costs.
Rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits and average other short-term borrowings increased 29 and 56 basis points, respectively, compared to the third quarter of 2018. These increases were offset partially by a 10 basis point increase in average earning asset yields over the same period, due primarily to a nine basis point increase in average LHFI yields driven by increased yields across most loan categories, most notably in consumer direct and indirect loans.
On a standalone basis, we expect net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2019 to decline by five to eight basis points relative to the third quarter, given the impacts of the September and October Fed Funds rate reductions and our net exposure to interest rates.
Average earning assets increased $12.5 billion, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, driven primarily by an $11.6 billion, or 8%, increase in average LHFI, and a $665 million, or 14%, increase in average interest earning trading assets. See the “Loans” section in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding loan activity.
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $16.3 billion, or 12%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, due primarily to increases in average long-term debt, other short-term borrowings, and most consumer and commercial deposit categories, offset partially by declines in money market accounts and funds purchased. Average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $5.5 billion, or 5%, due primarily to growth in NOW accounts and time deposits, offset partially by a decline in money market accounts. The increase in average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits reflects improved production from our Consumer segment, where we are benefiting from increased momentum associated with new checking and savings products that were introduced at the end of 2018, as well as our targeted marketing and pricing strategies. We also benefited from targeted growth with certain corporate clients through successes achieved by our corporate liquidity product specialist team.
Average long-term debt increased $7.4 billion, or 57%, compared to the third quarter of 2018, and average other short-term borrowings increased $3.9 billion, compared to the third quarter of 2018, in response to strong loan growth. See the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings and long-term debt.
We utilize interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments are primarily receive-fixed, pay-variable swaps that synthetically convert a portion of our commercial loan portfolio from floating rates, based on LIBOR, to fixed rates. At September 30, 2019, the outstanding notional balance of active swaps that qualified as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans was $13.2 billion, compared to $10.3 billion at December 31, 2018.
 
In addition to the income recognized from active swaps, we recognize interest income or expense from terminated swaps that were previously designated as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans. Interest expense from our commercial loan swaps was $46 million during the third quarter of 2019, compared to $22 million during the third quarter of 2018 due primarily to a year-over-year increase in LIBOR. As we manage our interest rate risk we may continue to purchase additional and/or terminate existing interest rate swaps.
Remaining active swaps on commercial loans have maturities through 2026 and have an average maturity of 3.3 years at September 30, 2019. The weighted average rate on the receive-fixed rate leg of the commercial loan swap portfolio was 1.76%, and the weighted average rate on the pay-variable leg was 2.02%, at September 30, 2019.

First Nine Months of 2019
Net interest income was $4.7 billion for the first nine months of 2019, an increase of $150 million, or 3%, compared to the first nine months of 2018. Net interest margin for the first nine months of 2019 decreased 10 basis points, to 3.16%, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in net interest margin was driven largely by the same factors discussed above for the third quarter of 2019.
Average earning asset yields increased 27 basis points compared to the first nine months of 2018, due primarily to increases in average LHFI yields of 29 basis points, driven by broad based increases in yields across most loan categories.
Average earning assets increased $12.3 billion, or 7%, compared to the first nine months of 2018, driven primarily by an $11.7 billion, or 8%, increase in average LHFI, and a $644 million, or 14% increase in average interest earning trading assets. See the “Loans” section in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding loan activity.
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $15.8 billion or 12%, compared to the first nine months of 2018, due to increases across most deposit and borrowing categories. Average long-term debt increased $6.8 billion, or 58%, average other short-term borrowings increased $4.8 billion, and average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $4.1 billion, or 4%, due primarily to the same factors as discussed above for the third quarter of 2019.

Foregone Interest
Foregone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by one basis point for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019. Forgone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by one basis point and two basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. See additional discussion regarding our credit quality in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A. In addition, Table 1 in this MD&A contains more detailed information regarding average balances, yields earned, rates paid, and associated impacts on net interest income.

72

	
																						
NONINTEREST INCOME	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Components of Noninterest Income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Table 2		
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	%
Change 1	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	%
Change 1	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 		 	2019	 	2018	 		
Service charges on deposit accounts		$141		 		$144		 	(2	)%	 		$417		 		$433		 	(4	)%	
Other charges and fees	90		 	89		 	1		 	265		 	264		 	—		
Card fees	83		 	75		 	11		 	247		 	241		 	2		
Client transaction-related fees	314		 	308		 	2		 	929		 	938		 	(1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment banking income	159		 	150		 	6		 	431		 	453		 	(5	)	
Trading income	29		 	42		 	(31	)	 	144		 	137		 	5		
Capital markets-related income	188		 	192		 	(2	)	 	575		 	590		 	(3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mortgage production-related income	81		 	40		 	NM		 	181		 	118		 	53		
Mortgage servicing-related income	25		 	43		 	(42	)	 	113		 	138		 	(18	)	
Mortgage-related income	106		 	83		 	28		 	294		 	256		 	15		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trust and investment management income	78		 	80		 	(3	)	 	222		 	230		 	(3	)	
Retail investment services	76		 	74		 	3		 	220		 	219		 	—		
Wealth management-related income	154		 	154		 	—		 	442		 	449		 	(2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Insurance settlement	5		 	—		 	NM		 	210		 	—		 	NM		
Commercial real estate-related income	32		 	24		 	33		 	106		 	66		 	61		
Net securities gains/(losses)	4		 	—		 	NM		 	(38	)	 	1		 	NM		
Other noninterest income	40		 	21		 	90		 	135		 	108		 	25		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total noninterest income		$843		 		$782		 	8	 %	 		$2,653		 		$2,408		 	10	 %	
1 "NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.

Noninterest income increased $61 million, or 8%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $245 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Excluding the $5 million and $210 million insurance settlement benefits related to financial crisis-era related claims recognized in the current quarter and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively, noninterest income increased $56 million, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $35 million, or 1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven by increases across most categories, most notably a $23 million increase in mortgage-related income. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was driven primarily by higher commercial real estate-related and mortgage-related income, offset partially by net securities losses and lower capital markets-related income.
Client transaction-related fees increased $6 million, or 2%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and decreased $9 million, or 1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven primarily by certain discrete impacts (recorded as contra-revenue) recognized in card fees in the third quarter of 2018. The decrease compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was driven primarily by lower client-related transaction activity.
Investment banking income increased $9 million, or 6%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and decreased $22 million, or 5%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven primarily by higher syndicated finance and investment grade
 
bond origination activity, offset partially by a decline in equity capital markets. The decrease compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was due primarily to declines in equity offerings and mergers and acquisitions, offset partially by increases in investment grade and high yield bond originations.
Trading income decreased $13 million, or 31%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $7 million, or 5%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The decrease compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven largely by an increase in counterparty credit valuation reserves in the current quarter. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was due to increased fixed income sales and trading revenue as well as increased client activity, offset largely by an increase in counterparty credit valuation reserves.
Mortgage-related income increased $23 million, or 28%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $38 million, or 15%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven by higher mortgage production-related income in the current periods due primarily to increases in refinance volumes and gain on sale margins. Higher mortgage production-related income was offset partially by lower mortgage servicing-related income in the current periods as a result of higher servicing asset decay. The UPB of mortgage loans underlying our residential MSR portfolio totaled $165.6 billion at September 30, 2019, compared to $170.5 billion at September 30, 2018.
Commercial real estate-related income increased $8 million, or 33%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $40 million, or 61% compared to the nine months ended September

73

30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by structured real estate gains and higher commercial mortgage production from our agency lending business.
Other noninterest income increased $19 million, or 90%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $27 million,
 
or 25%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by net remeasurement gains on equity investments recognized in the current quarter as well as by our second quarter of 2019 gain on the sale of accruing TDRs of $44 million.

	
																						
NONINTEREST EXPENSE	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Components of Noninterest Expense	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Table 3		
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	% Change 1	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	% Change 1	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 		 	2019	 	2018	 		
Employee compensation		$744		 		$719		 	3	 %	 		$2,149		 		$2,141		 	—	 %	
Employee benefits	97		 	76		 	28		 	344		 	310		 	11		
Personnel expenses	841		 	795		 	6		 	2,493		 	2,451		 	2		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 			
Outside processing and software	241		 	234		 	3		 	720		 	667		 	8		
Net occupancy expense	102		 	86		 	19		 	305		 	270		 	13		
Charitable contribution to SunTrust Foundation	—		 	—		 	—		 	205		 	—		 	NM		
Marketing and customer development	44		 	45		 	(2	)	 	131		 	127		 	3		
Equipment expense	36		 	40		 	(10	)	 	114		 	124		 	(8	)	
Merger-related costs	22		 	—		 	NM		 	75		 	—		 	NM		
Operating losses	23		 	18		 	28		 	60		 	40		 	50		
Amortization	21		 	19		 	11		 	54		 	51		 	6		
Regulatory assessments	17		 	39		 	(56	)	 	53		 	118		 	(55	)	
Other noninterest expense	127		 	108		 	18		 	392		 	343		 	14		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total noninterest expense		$1,474		 		$1,384		 	7	 %	 		$4,602		 		$4,191		 	10	 %	
		
1 	"NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.	

Noninterest expense increased $90 million, or 7%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $411 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Excluding the Merger-related impacts of $33 million in the current quarter and $92 million in the first nine months of 2019 as well as the $205 million charitable contribution to the SunTrust Foundation in the prior quarter, noninterest expense increased $57 million, or 4%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $114 million, or 3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The 4% increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven by higher personnel expenses, net occupancy expense, and ongoing investments in technology. The 3% increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was driven by higher outside processing and software, personnel expenses, net occupancy expense, and operating losses.
Personnel expenses increased $46 million, or 6%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $42 million, or 2%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by higher salary and benefits costs recognized in the third quarter of 2019.
Outside processing and software expense increased $7 million, or 3%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $53 million, or 8%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by higher software-related costs resulting from the amortization of new and upgraded technology assets.
 
Net occupancy expense increased $16 million, or 19%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $35 million, or 13%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by lease termination gains recognized in the third quarter of 2018 and higher rent expense in the third quarter of 2019. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was also driven by gains on sale-leaseback transactions recognized in 2018.
Merger-related costs totaled $22 million for the third quarter of 2019, related primarily to legal and professional fees and write-offs of certain technology development projects in progress. They totaled $75 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, comprised primarily of merger and acquisition advisory fees and legal costs. In addition to these Merger-related costs, there were $11 million and $17 million of other Merger-related expenses attributable largely to consulting and retention payments, which were recorded primarily in Other noninterest expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. Combined, these costs and expenses represented $33 million and $92 million of Merger-related impacts for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.
Operating losses increased $5 million, or 28%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $20 million, or 50%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase compared to the third quarter of 2018 was driven primarily by higher fraud costs recognized during the third

74

quarter of 2019. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was additionally driven by a $10 million net benefit recognized in the first quarter of 2018 related to the progression of certain legal matters.
Regulatory assessments expense decreased $22 million, or 56%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and decreased $65 million, or 55%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These decreases were driven by the cessation of the FDIC surcharge in the fourth quarter of 2018.
 
Other noninterest expense increased $19 million, or 18%, compared to the third quarter of 2018 and increased $49 million, or 14%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These increases were driven primarily by the aforementioned other Merger-related expenses during the current periods. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was also driven by higher branch closure-related costs in the first quarter of 2019 and by gains on the sale of certain real estate assets in the second quarter of 2018.

75

LOANS
Our disclosures about the credit quality of our LHFI portfolio and the related credit reserves (i) describe the nature of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, (ii) provide information on how we analyze and assess credit risk in arriving at an adequate and appropriate ALLL, and (iii) explain changes in the ALLL as well as reasons for those changes.
Our LHFI portfolio consists of two loan segments: Commercial loans and Consumer loans. Loans are assigned to these segments based on the type of borrower, purpose, and/or our underlying credit management processes. Additionally, we further disaggregate each LHFI segment into loan types based on common characteristics within each LHFI segment.
Commercial Loans
C&I loans include loans to fund business operations or activities, loans secured by owner-occupied properties, corporate credit cards, and other wholesale lending activities. Commercial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are classified as C&I loans because the primary source of loan repayment for these properties is business income and not real estate operations. CRE
 
and Commercial construction loans include investor loans where repayment is largely dependent upon the operation, refinance, or sale of the underlying real estate.

Consumer Loans
Residential mortgages, both guaranteed (by a federal agency or GSE) and nonguaranteed, consist of loans secured by 1-4 family homes; mostly prime, first-lien loans. Residential home equity products consist of equity lines of credit and closed-end equity loans secured by residential real estate that may be in either a first lien or junior lien position. Residential construction loans include owner-occupied construction-to-perm loans and lot loans secured by residential real estate.
Consumer loans also include Guaranteed student loans, Indirect loans (consisting of loans secured by automobiles, boats, and recreational vehicles), Other direct loans (consisting primarily of unsecured loans, direct auto loans, loans secured by negotiable collateral, and private student loans), and Credit cards.

The composition of our loan portfolio is presented in Table 4:

											
Loan Portfolio by Types of Loans	Table 4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	% Change	
Commercial loans:	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I 1		$73,374		 		$71,137		 	3	 %	
CRE	9,491		 	7,265		 	31		
Commercial construction	2,142		 	2,538		 	(16	)	
Total commercial LHFI	85,007		 	80,940		 	5		
Consumer loans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	457		 	459		 	—		
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2	28,810		 	28,836		 	—		
Residential home equity products	8,696		 	9,468		 	(8	)	
Residential construction	144		 	184		 	(22	)	
Guaranteed student	7,146		 	7,229		 	(1	)	
Other direct	12,431		 	10,615		 	17		
Indirect	14,060		 	12,419		 	13		
Credit cards	1,704		 	1,689		 	1		
Total consumer LHFI	73,448		 	70,899		 	4		
LHFI		$158,455		 		$151,839		 	4	 %	
LHFS 3		$2,006		 		$1,468		 	37	 %	
1 Includes $4.0 billion and $4.1 billion of sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and $817 million and $796 million of installment loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
2 Includes $124 million and $163 million of LHFI measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
3 Includes $1.5 billion and $1.2 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

76

Table 5 presents our LHFI portfolio by geography (based on the U.S. Census Bureau's classifications of U.S. regions):

																					
LHFI Portfolio by Geography	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Table 5		
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Commercial LHFI	 	Consumer LHFI	 	Total LHFI	
(Dollars in millions)	Balance	 	% of Total Commercial	 	Balance	 	% of Total Consumer	 	Balance	 	% of Total LHFI	
South region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Florida		$13,589		 	16	%	 		$13,375		 	18	%	 		$26,964		 	17	%	
Georgia	10,412		 	12		 	8,593		 	12		 	19,005		 	12		
Virginia	6,215		 	7		 	7,669		 	10		 	13,884		 	9		
Texas	5,702		 	7		 	5,336		 	7		 	11,038		 	7		
Maryland	4,497		 	5		 	6,381		 	9		 	10,878		 	7		
North Carolina	5,012		 	6		 	5,596		 	8		 	10,608		 	7		
Tennessee	4,094		 	5		 	2,932		 	4		 	7,026		 	4		
South Carolina	1,701		 	2		 	2,487		 	3		 	4,188		 	3		
District of Columbia	1,982		 	2		 	1,162		 	2		 	3,144		 	2		
Other Southern states	3,000		 	4		 	2,950		 	4		 	5,950		 	4		
Total South region	56,204		 	66		 	56,481		 	77		 	112,685		 	71		
Northeast region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
New York	5,174		 	6		 	1,396		 	2		 	6,570		 	4		
Pennsylvania	1,832		 	2		 	1,439		 	2		 	3,271		 	2		
New Jersey	1,558		 	2		 	774		 	1		 	2,332		 	1		
Other Northeastern states	2,871		 	3		 	1,061		 	1		 	3,932		 	2		
Total Northeast region	11,435		 	13		 	4,670		 	6		 	16,105		 	10		
West region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
California	5,660		 	7		 	3,666		 	5		 	9,326		 	6		
Other Western states	3,187		 	4		 	3,139		 	4		 	6,326		 	4		
Total West region	8,847		 	10		 	6,805		 	9		 	15,652		 	10		
Midwest region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Illinois	2,145		 	3		 	1,184		 	2		 	3,329		 	2		
Ohio	928		 	1		 	827		 	1		 	1,755		 	1		
Missouri	907		 	1		 	528		 	1		 	1,435		 	1		
Other Midwestern states	2,735		 	3		 	2,879		 	4		 	5,614		 	4		
Total Midwest region	6,715		 	8		 	5,418		 	7		 	12,133		 	8		
Foreign loans	1,806		 	2		 	74		 	—		 	1,880		 	1		
Total		$85,007		 	100	%	 		$73,448		 	100	%	 		$158,455		 	100	%	

77

	
																					
LHFI Portfolio by Geography (continued)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2018	
 	Commercial LHFI	 	Consumer LHFI	 	Total LHFI	
(Dollars in millions)	Balance	 	% of Total Commercial	 	Balance	 	% of Total Consumer	 	Balance	 	% of Total LHFI	
South region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Florida		$13,442		 	17	%	 		$13,358		 	19	%	 		$26,800		 	18	%	
Georgia	10,689		 	13		 	8,519		 	12		 	19,208		 	13		
Virginia	6,481		 	8		 	7,529		 	11		 	14,010		 	9		
Maryland	4,591		 	6		 	6,236		 	9		 	10,827		 	7		
North Carolina	4,418		 	5		 	5,424		 	8		 	9,842		 	6		
Texas	4,420		 	5		 	4,782		 	7		 	9,202		 	6		
Tennessee	4,244		 	5		 	2,962		 	4		 	7,206		 	5		
South Carolina	1,522		 	2		 	2,418		 	3		 	3,940		 	3		
District of Columbia	1,746		 	2		 	1,094		 	2		 	2,840		 	2		
Other Southern states	2,325		 	3		 	2,619		 	4		 	4,944		 	3		
Total South region	53,878		 	67		 	54,941		 	77		 	108,819		 	72		
Northeast region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
New York	5,033		 	6		 	1,278		 	2		 	6,311		 	4		
Pennsylvania	1,942		 	2		 	1,312		 	2		 	3,254		 	2		
New Jersey	1,426		 	2		 	755		 	1		 	2,181		 	1		
Other Northeastern states	2,844		 	4		 	985		 	1		 	3,829		 	3		
Total Northeast region	11,245		 	14		 	4,330		 	6		 	15,575		 	10		
West region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
California	5,299		 	7		 	3,653		 	5		 	8,952		 	6		
Other Western states	2,705		 	3		 	2,813		 	4		 	5,518		 	4		
Total West region	8,004		 	10		 	6,466		 	9		 	14,470		 	10		
Midwest region:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Illinois	1,947		 	2		 	1,131		 	2		 	3,078		 	2		
Ohio	985		 	1		 	795		 	1		 	1,780		 	1		
Missouri	979		 	1		 	491		 	1		 	1,470		 	1		
Other Midwestern states	2,183		 	3		 	2,663		 	4		 	4,846		 	3		
Total Midwest region	6,094		 	8		 	5,080		 	7		 	11,174		 	7		
Foreign loans	1,719		 	2		 	82		 	—		 	1,801		 	1		
Total		$80,940		 	100	%	 		$70,899		 	100	%	 		$151,839		 	100	%	

Loans Held for Investment
LHFI totaled $158.5 billion at September 30, 2019, an increase of $6.6 billion from December 31, 2018, driven primarily by increases in C&I, CRE, consumer direct, and consumer indirect loans, offset partially by declines in residential home equity products and commercial construction loans.
Average LHFI for the third quarter of 2019 totaled $157.6 billion, up $1.4 billion, or 1%, compared to the prior quarter, and up $11.6 billion, or 8%, compared to the third quarter of 2018. These increases in average LHFI were led primarily by growth in the same loan categories that drove the change in period end LHFI described above, as well as growth in nonguaranteed residential mortgages year-over-year. See Table 1 and the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section in this MD&A for more detailed information regarding average LHFI balances, yields earned, and associated impacts on net interest income.
Commercial loans increased $4.1 billion, or 5%, during the first nine months of 2019, driven by a $2.2 billion, or 3%, increase in C&I loans resulting from growth in a number of industry verticals and client segments. In addition, CRE loans increased $2.2 billion, or 31%, driven by increased production on existing, stabilized properties. These increases in C&I and CRE loans
 
were offset slightly by a $396 million, or 16%, decrease in commercial construction loans.
Consumer loans increased $2.5 billion, or 4%, during the first nine months of 2019, driven by a $1.8 billion, or 17%, increase in consumer direct loans and a $1.6 billion, or 13%, increase in consumer indirect loans. These increases were offset partially by a $772 million, or 8%, decline in residential home equity products. At September 30, 2019, 39% of our residential home equity product balance was in a first lien position and 61% was in a junior lien position. For residential home equity products in a junior lien position at September 30, 2019, we own or service 32% of the balance of loans that are senior to the home equity product.

Loans Held for Sale
LHFS increased $538 million, or 37%, during the first nine months of 2019 due primarily to increased mortgage production, particularly in commercial mortgages through our agency lending business.

78

Asset Quality
Our asset quality metrics were strong during the third quarter and the first nine months of 2019, evidenced by our low net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio and low NPLs to period-end LHFI ratio. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, though we recognize that there could be normalization and variability moving forward. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A for detailed information regarding our net charge-offs and NPLs.
NPAs increased $72 million, or 12%, during the first nine months of 2019, driven primarily by an increase in C&I NPLs, offset largely by a decrease in nonguaranteed residential mortgages and the return to accrual status of certain nonperforming home equity products. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.38% and 0.35%, respectively.
Early stage delinquencies were 0.58% and 0.73% of total loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Early stage delinquencies, excluding government-guaranteed loans, were 0.23% and 0.27% at September 30, 2019
 
and December 31, 2018, respectively. The reductions in early stage delinquencies resulted primarily from improvements in consumer loans.
For the third quarter of 2019, net charge-offs totaled $112 million, compared to $85 million for the prior quarter and $88 million for the third quarter of 2018. The net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio on an annualized basis was 0.28% for the third quarter of 2019, compared to 0.22% for the prior quarter and 0.24% for the third quarter of 2018. For the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, net charge-offs totaled $294 million and $240 million, and the annualized net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio was 0.25% and 0.22%, respectively. The increase in net charge-offs compared to the first nine months of 2018 was due primarily to higher net charge-offs on consumer LHFI.
On a standalone basis, we still expect our full year 2019 net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio to be between 25 and 30 basis points. However, we believe this ratio will have an upward trajectory over time, given the strong performance we have experienced in recent years combined with increased levels of macroeconomic, political, and global uncertainty.

79

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. A rollforward of our allowance for credit losses and summarized credit loss experience is shown in Table 6. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and the “Critical Accounting Policies”
 
MD&A section of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for further information regarding our ALLL accounting policy, determination, and allocation.

	
																						
Summary of Credit Losses Experience	 	Table 6		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	% Change 5	 	2019	 	2018	 	% Change 5	
Allowance for Credit Losses	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance - beginning of period		$1,751		 		$1,722		 	2	 %	 		$1,684		 		$1,814		 	(7	)%	
Provision/(benefit) for unfunded commitments	2		 	—		 	NM		 	3		 	(7	)	 	NM		
Provision for loan losses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial LHFI	42		 	36		 	17		 	208		 	37		 	NM		
Consumer LHFI	88		 	25		 	NM		 	201		 	91		 	NM		
Total provision for loan losses	130		 	61		 	NM		 	409		 	128		 	NM		
Charge-offs:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Commercial LHFI	(35	)	 	(51	)	 	(31	)	 	(88	)	 	(95	)	 	(7	)	
Consumer LHFI	(104	)	 	(71	)	 	46		 	(289	)	 	(234	)	 	24		
Total charge-offs	(139	)	 	(122	)	 	14		 	(377	)	 	(329	)	 	15		
Recoveries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial LHFI	5		 	9		 	(44	)	 	14		 	19		 	(26	)	
Consumer LHFI	22		 	25		 	(12	)	 	69		 	70		 	(1	)	
Total recoveries	27		 	34		 	(21	)	 	83		 	89		 	(7	)	
Net charge-offs	(112	)	 	(88	)	 	27		 	(294	)	 	(240	)	 	23		
Other 1	—		 	—		 	—		 	(31	)	 	—		 	NM		
Balance - end of period		$1,771		 		$1,695		 	4	 %	 		$1,771		 		$1,695		 	4	 %	
Components:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ALLL	 	 	 	 			 		$1,699		 		$1,623		 	5	 %	
Unfunded commitments reserve 2	 	 	 	 			 	72		 	72		 	—		
Allowance for credit losses			 			 			 		$1,771		 		$1,695		 	4	 %	
Average LHFI		$157,612		 		$145,995		 	8	 %	 		$156,044		 		$144,368		 	8	 %	
Period-end LHFI outstanding	 	 	 	 	 	 	158,455		 	147,215		 	8		
Ratios:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ALLL to period-end LHFI 3	 	 	 	 	 	 	1.07	%	 	1.10	%	 	(3	)%	
ALLL to NPLs 4	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.84x		 	2.35x		 	21		
Net charge-offs to total average LHFI	0.28	%	 	0.24	%	 	17		 	0.25	%	 	0.22	%	 	14		
1 Represents the allowance for restructured loans that were transferred from LHFI to LHFS in the first quarter of 2019 and subsequently sold in the second quarter of 2019.  
2 The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
3 $124 million and $168 million of LHFI measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were excluded from period-end LHFI in the calculation, as no allowance is recorded for loans measured at fair value. We believe that this presentation more appropriately reflects the relationship between the ALLL and loans that attract an allowance.
4 $3 million and $6 million of NPLs measured at fair value at September 30, 2019 and 2018, were excluded from NPLs in the calculation.
5 "NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.

80

Provision for Credit Losses
The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan losses and the provision/(benefit) for unfunded commitments. The provision for loan losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. For the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, the total provision for loan losses increased $69 million and $281 million compared to the same periods in 2018. These increases primarily reflect loan growth and higher net charge-offs on consumer loans.
Our quarterly review processes to determine the level of reserves and provision are informed by trends in our LHFI portfolio (including historical loss experience, expected loss calculations, delinquencies, performing status, size and composition of the loan portfolio, and concentrations within the portfolio) combined with a view on economic conditions. In addition to internal credit quality metrics, the ALLL estimate is impacted by other indicators of credit risk associated with the portfolio, such as geopolitical and economic risks, and the increasing availability of credit and resultant higher levels of leverage for consumers and commercial borrowers.

 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

								
ALLL by Loan Segment	 	Table 7		
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
ALLL:	 	 	 	
Commercial LHFI		$1,214		 		$1,080		
Consumer LHFI	485		 	535		
Total		$1,699		 		$1,615		
Segment ALLL as a % of total ALLL:	
Commercial LHFI	71	%	 	67	%	
Consumer LHFI	29		 	33		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	
Segment LHFI as a % of total LHFI:	
Commercial LHFI	54	%	 	53	%	
Consumer LHFI	46		 	47		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	

The ALLL increased $84 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2018, to $1.7 billion at September 30, 2019. The increase was due primarily to loan growth and higher reserves associated with commercial loans. The ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio (excluding loans measured at fair value) increased one basis point from December 31, 2018, to 1.07% at September 30, 2019. The ratio of the ALLL to NPLs (excluding NPLs measured at fair value) decreased to 2.84x at September 30, 2019, compared to 3.10x at December 31, 2018, driven primarily by an increase in NPLs, offset partially by an increase in the ALLL.

81

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

											
NPA and TDR Composition and Other Credit Data	 	 	 	 	Table 8		
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	% Change 3	
NPAs:	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial NPLs:	 	 	 	 	 	
C&I		$350		 		$157		 	NM		
CRE	1		 	2		 	(50	)	
Total commercial NPLs	351		 	159		 	NM		
Consumer NPLs:	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	125		 	204		 	(39	)	
Residential home equity products	100		 	138		 	(28	)	
Residential construction	8		 	11		 	(27	)	
Other direct	11		 	7		 	57		
Indirect	5		 	7		 	(29	)	
Total consumer NPLs	249		 	367		 	(32	)	
Total nonaccrual LHFI/NPLs 1		$600		 		$526		 	14	 %	
OREO 2		$52		 		$54		 	(4	)%	
Other repossessed assets	8		 	9		 	(11	)	
Nonperforming LHFS	1		 	—		 	NM		
Total NPAs		$661		 		$589		 	12	 %	
Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more		$1,393		 		$1,652		 	(16	)%	
Accruing LHFS past due 90 days or more	3		 	1		 	NM		
TDRs:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accruing restructured LHFI		$1,752		 		$2,339		 	(25	)%	
Nonaccruing restructured LHFI 1	163		 	291		 	(44	)	
Ratios:	 	 	 	 	 	
NPLs to period-end LHFI	0.38	%	 	0.35	%	 	9	 %	
NPAs to period-end LHFI, OREO, repossessed assets, and nonperforming LHFS	0.42		 	0.39		 	8		
1 Nonaccruing restructured LHFI are included in total nonaccrual LHFI/NPLs.
2 Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA or the VA totaled $43 million and $50 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
3 "NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.

Problem loans or loans with potential weaknesses, such as nonaccrual loans, loans over 90 days past due and still accruing, and TDR loans held for investment, are disclosed in the NPA table above. Loans with known potential credit problems that may not otherwise be disclosed in this table include accruing criticized commercial loans, which are disclosed along with additional credit quality information in Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no known significant potential problem loans that are not otherwise disclosed. See the “Critical Accounting Policies” MD&A section of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our policy on loans classified as nonaccrual.
NPAs increased $72 million, or 12%, during the first nine months of 2019. The increase in NPAs was due to an increase in C&I NPLs during the first nine months of 2019, offset largely by decreases in nonguaranteed residential mortgages and home equity NPLs.

Nonperforming Loans
NPLs at September 30, 2019 totaled $600 million, an increase of $74 million, or 14%, from December 31, 2018, driven by an
 
increase in commercial NPLs, offset largely by a decline in consumer NPLs. The ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.38% and 0.35% at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
Commercial NPLs increased $192 million during the first nine months of 2019, due to an increase in C&I NPLs as a result of borrower downgrades.
Consumer NPLs decreased $118 million, or 32%, from December 31, 2018, driven primarily by lower levels of nonperforming residential mortgages and home equity products due to their return back to accrual status (as a result of forbearance relief provided after hurricanes).
Interest income on consumer nonaccrual loans, if received, is recognized on a cash basis. Interest income on commercial nonaccrual loans is not generally recognized until after the principal amount has been reduced to zero. Interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans (which includes out-of-period interest for certain commercial nonaccrual loans) totaled $3 million and $5 million for the third quarters of 2019 and 2018, and totaled $11 million and $15 million for the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $9 million and $12 million would

82

have been recognized the third quarters of 2019 and 2018, and $27 million and $34 million for the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other Nonperforming Assets
OREO decreased $2 million, or 4%, during the first nine months of 2019 to $52 million at September 30, 2019. Sales of OREO resulted in proceeds of $33 million and $47 million during the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, resulting in net gains of $4 million and $7 million, respectively, inclusive of valuation reserves.
Most of our OREO properties are located in Florida, Maryland, Georgia, and Virginia. Residential and commercial real estate properties comprised 96% and 1%, respectively, of total OREO at September 30, 2019, with the remainder related to land. Upon foreclosure, the values of these properties were re-evaluated and, if necessary, written down to their then-current estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any further decreases in property values could result in additional losses as they are regularly revalued. See the "Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements" section within Note 17, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.
Gains and losses on the sale of OREO are recorded in Other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Sales of OREO and the related gains or losses are highly dependent on our disposition strategy. We are actively managing and disposing of these assets to minimize future losses and to comply with regulatory requirements.
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are included in LHFI and LHFS, and totaled $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Of these, 96% and 97% were government-guaranteed at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more decreased $259 million, or 16%, during
 
the first nine months of 2019, driven by a $268 million, or 20%, decrease in guaranteed student loans, offset slightly by a $6 million, or 2%, increase in guaranteed residential mortgages.

Restructured Loans
At September 30, 2019, our total TDR portfolio included in LHFI totaled $1.9 billion and was comprised of $1.8 billion, or 97%, of consumer loans (predominantly first and second lien residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit) and $63 million, or 3%, of commercial loans.
Total TDRs held for investment decreased $715 million, or 27%, from December 31, 2018, due to a $587 million, or 25%, reduction in accruing TDRs and a $128 million, or 44%, decline in nonaccruing TDRs. The reduction in accruing TDRs was driven by our sale of $465 million of TDRs in the second quarter of 2019 for a net gain on sale of $44 million.
Generally, interest income on restructured loans that have met sustained performance criteria and returned to accruing status is recognized according to the terms of the restructuring. Such recognized interest income totaled $20 million and $26 million for the third quarters of 2019 and 2018, and $63 million and $80 million for the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $22 million and $30 million for the third quarter of 2019 and 2018, and $71 million and $93 million for the first nine months of 2019 and 2018, respectively, would have been recognized.
For additional information regarding our restructured loans and associated accounting policies, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and the “Nonperforming Assets” MD&A section of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

SELECTED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
The following is a discussion of the more significant financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. For a complete discussion of our financial instruments measured at fair value and the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments, see Note 17, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q as well as in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments
Trading assets and derivative instruments increased $1.6 billion, or 29%, compared to December 31, 2018. This increase consisted primarily of increases in derivative instruments, trading loans, agency MBS, and federal agency securities, offset partially by decreases in corporate and other debt securities, CP, and U.S. Treasury securities. These changes were driven by normal activity in the trading portfolio as we manage our
 
business and continue to meet our clients' needs. Trading liabilities and derivative instruments decreased $224 million, or 14%, compared to December 31, 2018, consisting primarily of decreases in U.S. Treasury securities and derivative instruments, offset partially by an increase in corporate and other debt securities. For composition and valuation assumptions related to our trading products, as well as additional information on our derivative instruments, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments,” and Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q as well as Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Also, for a discussion of market risk associated with our trading activities, refer to the “Market Risk Management—Market Risk from Trading Activities” section in this MD&A and in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

83

	
																
Investment Securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment Securities Portfolio Composition	 	 	 	 	 	 	Table 9		
 	September 30, 2019	
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized
Cost	 	Unrealized
Gains	 	Unrealized
Losses	 	Fair
Value	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$3,915		 		$103		 		$—		 		$4,018		
Federal agency securities	123		 	1		 	—		 	124		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	564		 	9		 	1		 	572		
MBS - agency residential	22,069		 	520		 	4		 	22,585		
MBS - agency commercial	2,881		 	103		 	1		 	2,983		
MBS - non-agency commercial	1,008		 	56		 	—		 	1,064		
Corporate and other debt securities	12		 	—		 	—		 	12		
Total securities AFS		$30,572		 		$792		 		$6		 		$31,358		

	
																
 	December 31, 2018	
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized
Cost	 	Unrealized
Gains	 	Unrealized
Losses	 	Fair
Value	
Securities AFS:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,277		 		$—		 		$66		 		$4,211		
Federal agency securities	221		 	2		 	2		 	221		
U.S. states and political subdivisions	606		 	4		 	21		 	589		
MBS - agency residential	23,161		 	128		 	425		 	22,864		
MBS - agency commercial	2,688		 	8		 	69		 	2,627		
MBS - non-agency commercial	943		 	—		 	27		 	916		
Corporate and other debt securities	14		 	—		 	—		 	14		
Total securities AFS		$31,910		 		$142		 		$610		 		$31,442		

The investment securities portfolio is managed as part of our overall liquidity management and ALM process to optimize income and portfolio value over an entire interest rate cycle while mitigating the associated risks. Changes in the size and composition of the portfolio reflect our efforts to maintain a high quality, liquid portfolio, while managing our interest rate risk profile.
The amortized cost of the portfolio decreased $1.3 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, due primarily to decreased holdings of agency residential MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, federal agency securities, and municipal securities, offset partially by increased holdings of commercial MBS. The fair value of the securities AFS portfolio decreased $84 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, due primarily to the aforementioned decreases in securities holdings offset largely by an increase in net unrealized gains associated with the decline in market interest rates. At September 30, 2019, the overall securities AFS portfolio was in a $786 million net unrealized gain position, compared to a net unrealized loss position of $468 million at December 31, 2018. The securities AFS portfolio had an effective duration of 3.4 years at September 30, 2019 compared to 4.6 years at December 31, 2018.
For the three months ended September 30, 2019, net realized gains on the sale of securities AFS totaled $4 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, net realized losses on the sale of securities AFS totaled $38 million, driven by the repositioning of approximately $3.0 billion of our securities AFS portfolio in the second quarter of 2019. For the three and nine
 
months ended September 30, 2018, net realized gains on the sale of securities AFS were immaterial. No OTTI credit losses were recognized in earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. For additional information on our accounting policies, composition, and valuation assumptions related to the securities AFS portfolio, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Investment Securities” section of Note 20, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 5, “Investment Securities,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.
For the three months ended September 30, 2019, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.73%, compared to 2.69% for the three months ended September 30, 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.77%, compared to 2.66% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increases in average yield were due primarily to higher yields on reinvestments across most categories of securities AFS as well as the aforementioned repositioning of the securities AFS portfolio, offset partially by higher premium amortization.
The credit quality and liquidity profile of our investment securities portfolio remained strong at September 30, 2019. Over the longer term, the size and composition of the investment securities portfolio will reflect balance sheet trends and our overall liquidity objectives. Accordingly, the size and composition of the investment securities portfolio could change over time.

84

BORROWINGS
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings include funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings. Our short-term borrowings at September 30, 2019 decreased $1.6 billion, or 19%, from December 31, 2018, driven primarily by a $1.9 billion decrease in funds purchased, offset partially by a $204 million increase in other short-term borrowings.
Long-Term Debt
During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our long-term debt increased by $5.3 billion, or 35%. This increase was driven by our 2019 debt issuances of $3.3 billion (summarized in Table 10) as well as a $2.5 billion increase in outstanding long-term FHLB advances. These increases were offset partially by $701 million of senior note maturities during the first nine months of 2019.

					
Debt Issuances Completed
During the First Nine Months of 2019	 	Table 10		
Description	 	Principal Amount
(Dollars in millions)	
Bank issuances:	 	 	
3-year fixed rate senior notes	 		$1,350		
5-year fixed rate senior notes	 	1,250		
3-year floating rate senior notes	 	650		
Total	 		$3,250		

CAPITAL RESOURCES
Regulatory Capital
Our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, measures capital adequacy within a framework that sets capital requirements relative to the risk profiles of individual banks. The framework assigns risk weights to assets and off-balance sheet risk exposures according to predefined classifications, creating a base from which to compare capital levels. We measure capital adequacy using the standardized approach to the FRB’s Basel III Final Rule. Basel III capital categories are discussed below.
CET1 is limited to common equity and related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, AOCI, and common equity minority interest, subject to limitations. Certain regulatory adjustments and exclusions are made to CET1, including removal of goodwill, other intangible assets, certain DTAs, and certain defined benefit pension fund net assets. Further, banks not subject to the advanced approaches risk-based capital rules were granted a one-time permanent election to exclude AOCI from the calculation of regulatory capital. We elected to exclude AOCI from the calculation of our CET1.
Tier 1 capital includes CET1, qualified preferred equity instruments, qualifying minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limitations, and certain other regulatory deductions. Tier 2 capital includes qualifying portions of subordinated debt, trust preferred securities and minority interest not included in Tier 1 capital, ALLL up to a maximum of 1.25% of RWA, and
 
a limited percentage of unrealized gains on equity securities. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.
To be considered “adequately capitalized,” we are subject to minimum CET1, Tier 1 capital, and Total capital ratios of 4.5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively, plus, in 2018 and 2017, CCB amounts of 1.875% and 1.25%, respectively, were required to be maintained above the minimum capital ratios. The CCB was fully phased-in at 2.5% above the minimum capital ratios on January 1, 2019. The CCB places restrictions on the amount of retained earnings that may be used for capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments as risk-based capital ratios approach their respective “adequately capitalized” minimum capital ratios plus the CCB. To be considered “well-capitalized,” Tier 1 and Total capital ratios of 6% and 10%, respectively, are required.
In April 2018, the FRB issued an NPR that included proposed modifications to minimum regulatory capital requirements as well as proposed changes to assumptions used in the stress testing process. The modifications would replace the 2.5% CCB with a Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”). The SCB is the greater of (i) the difference between the actual CET1 ratio and the minimum forecasted CET1 ratio under a severely adverse scenario, based on modeling and projections performed by the Federal Reserve, plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends, or (ii) 2.5%. If finalized, the SCB would be calculated based on the 2019 CCAR process and be incorporated into capital requirements effective as of the fourth quarter of 2019.
We are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement, which measures Tier 1 capital against average total assets less certain deductions, as calculated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The minimum leverage ratio threshold is 4% and is not subject to the CCB.
A transition period previously applied to certain capital elements and risk weighted assets, where phase-in percentages were applicable in the calculations of capital and RWA. One of the more significant transitions required by the Basel III Final Rule related to the risk weighting applied to MSRs, which impacted the CET1 ratio during the transition period when compared to the CET1 ratio calculated on a fully phased-in basis. Specifically, the fully phased-in risk weight of MSRs would have been 250%, while the risk weight to be applied during the transition period was 100%.
In the third quarter of 2017, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued two NPRs in an effort to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules, a Transitions NPR and a Simplifications NPR. The Transitions NPR proposed to extend certain transition provisions in the capital rules for banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets. The Transitions NPR was finalized in November 2017, resulting in the MSR risk weight of 100% being extended. The rule became effective on January 1, 2018. The Simplifications NPR will simplify the capital treatment for certain acquisition, development, and construction loans, mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest, and will reinstate the 250% risk weighting for MSRs as outlined in the original Basel III capital rules. The Simplifications NPR was finalized on July 9, 2019, and it will become effective on April 1, 2020.

85

In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) was signed into law, which provides certain limited amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act as well as certain targeted modifications to other post-financial crisis regulatory requirements. The federal banking agencies have proposed several rules to implement the EGRRCPA (including the October 2018 NPR discussed below that was finalized in October 2019). See the “Enhanced Prudential Standards,” “Mandatory Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio,” and “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” sections of Part I, Item 1, “Business,” in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the EGRRCPA.
In September 2018, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued an NPR that would revise the definition of high volatility commercial real estate exposure (“HVCRE”) to conform to the statutory definition of a high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development, or construction loan, in accordance with the EGRRCPA. The revised definition would exclude any loans made prior to January 1, 2015, and certain other loans currently classified as HVCRE. We adopted this revised definition of HVCRE effective March 31, 2019.
In October 2018, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued a joint NPR to address the tailoring provided for in the EGRRCPA that would establish four risk-based categories of standards for determining applicability of capital and liquidity requirements for large U.S. banking organizations. Among other things, the proposal would modify the frequency of and disclosures related to stress testing, and would also modify the application of certain regulatory capital provisions based on a particular bank holding company’s category within the proposal. The proposal is consistent with a separate NPR issued concurrently by the FRB that would amend certain prudential standards, including standards relating to liquidity, risk management, stress testing, and single-counterparty credit limits, to reflect the risk profiles of banking organizations.
The joint tailoring NPR and the separate NPR issued by the FRB amending certain prudential standards were both finalized on October 10, 2019 and become effective 60 days after they are published in the Federal Register. As a Category IV bank, we would submit an annual capital plan, be exempted from the Dodd-Frank Act company-run stress testing requirement, and would be subject to biennial supervisory stress testing. Should the Merger consummate as planned, the combined company would be considered a Category III bank and would submit an annual capital plan, conduct company-run stress tests every other year, and would be subject to annual supervisory stress testing. Category III banking organizations are also subject to the Countercyclical Capital Buffer, which, if implemented by the Federal Reserve, would increase minimum required capital levels through an extension of the CCB. The Countercyclical Capital Buffer is currently set at 0% by the Federal Reserve, and if implemented would have a 12-month delay before it would become effective.
Also in October 2018, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued an NPR that introduced a new approach for calculating the exposure amount of derivative contracts for regulatory capital purposes, the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (“SA-CCR”). If finalized, we could elect to utilize the SA-CCR in place of the current exposure methodology for determining
 
counterparty credit risk exposures, as the SA-CCR would be optional for non-advanced approaches banking institutions such as us.
In February 2019, the FRB announced that certain less-complex BHCs with less than $250 billion in assets, including the Company, would not be subject to supervisory stress testing, company-run stress testing, or CCAR for 2019.
For more information on these NPRs and announcements, see the “Enhanced Prudential Standards,” “Mandatory Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio,” and “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” sections of Part I, Item 1, “Business,” in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table 11 presents the Company’s Basel III regulatory capital metrics:

								
Regulatory Capital Metrics 1	 	Table 11		
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Regulatory capital:	 	 	 	
CET1		$18,243		 		$17,258		
Tier 1 capital	20,290		 	19,306		
Total capital	23,582		 	22,517		
Assets:	 	 	 	
RWA		$195,455		 		$187,380		
Average total assets for leverage ratio	218,598		 	208,482		
Risk-based ratios 2:	 	 	 	
CET1	9.33	%	 	9.21	%	
Tier 1 capital	10.38		 	10.30		
Total capital	12.07		 	12.02		
Leverage	9.28		 	9.26		
Total shareholders’ equity to assets	11.65		 	11.26		
1 We calculated these measures based on the methodology specified by our primary regulator, which may differ from the calculations used by other financial services companies that present similar metrics.
2 Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented.

Our CET1 ratio increased compared to December 31, 2018, driven primarily by growth in retained earnings, offset partially by an increase in RWA. The Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios also increased compared to December 31, 2018, due to the aforementioned impacts to our CET1 ratio. At September 30, 2019, our capital ratios were well above current regulatory requirements. See Note 15, “Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our regulatory capital adequacy requirements and metrics.
Capital Actions
We declared and paid common stock dividends of $693 million, or $1.56 per common share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared to $603 million, or $1.30 per common share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Additionally, we declared dividends on our preferred stock of $77 million and $81 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities restrict the Bank’s ability to distribute its retained earnings. At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Bank’s capacity to pay cash dividends

86

to the Parent Company under these regulations totaled $2.2 billion.
During the first quarter of 2019, we repurchased $250 million of our outstanding common stock under our 2018 capital plan pursuant to an SEC Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan entered into on November 6, 2018. During the second quarter of 2019, we had $500 million of unused common stock repurchase capacity remaining under the 2018 capital plan, which effectively expired on June 30, 2019 as we did not utilize this remaining share repurchase capacity in view of the Merger. In March 2019, our Board Risk Committee approved our 2019 internal capital plan, and in April 2019, we submitted certain required schedules to the Federal Reserve to support our 2019 internal capital plan. This 2019 internal capital plan included a 12% increase in our quarterly common stock dividend compared to both the prior quarter and the third quarter of 2018 to $0.56 per share, beginning in the third quarter of 2019.
Going forward, we continue to expect our capital ratios to trend upward given our suspension of share repurchases in anticipation of the Merger. See Item 5 and Note 15, “Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Part II, Item 2 in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our capital actions.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
There have been no significant changes to our Critical Accounting Policies from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
There have been no significant changes in our Enterprise Risk Management practices from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Credit Risk Management
There have been no significant changes in our Credit Risk Management practices from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Operational Risk Management
There have been no significant changes in our Operational Risk Management practices from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Market Risk Management
There have been no significant changes in our Market Risk Management practices from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than those discussed in this MD&A.

LIBOR Transition
On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced that it intends to stop requiring banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. As such, LIBOR in its current form may cease to exist, which would have implications for a number of products across our business. To prepare for this possibility and for the associated transition to alternative reference rates, management formed an
 
enterprise LIBOR Transition Program in 2018 with representation across the Company, collectively focused on addressing the various issues that may arise in the transition process. Over the last year, we have taken a number of steps in furthering this program, including performing an impact assessment and identifying specific risks associated with a possible cessation of LIBOR. Additionally, a governance framework has been established, which includes oversight by executive management committees and which supports communication across the enterprise as well as to the Board.
As part of the aforementioned impact assessment, we have identified and are monitoring our on and off-balance sheet LIBOR exposures, which include but are not limited to, contracts related to loans and leases, securities, wholesale borrowings, and derivatives. We continue to focus on measures to mitigate risks associated with these exposures, including evaluating changes to various products, systems, and strategies, as well as incorporating language within our new and existing agreements to better contemplate the transition to an alternative reference rate in the event that LIBOR ceases to exist. While considerable uncertainty remains around the LIBOR transition, we continue to be engaged as part of the industry effort and we are focused on promoting measures that best serve the needs of our clients and stakeholders. For additional information regarding the various risks associated with a change in interest rates based on regulatory developments, such as the potential cessation of LIBOR and the transition to an alternative reference rate, see the “Market Risks” section of Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Risk from Non-Trading Activities
The sensitivity analysis presented in Table 12 is measured as a percentage change in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates. Estimated changes are dependent upon material assumptions such as those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

				
Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity	Table 12	
 	 	 	 	
 	Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income Over Twelve Months 1	
 	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	
Rate Change	 	 	 	
+200 bps	0.9%	 	2.3%	
+100 bps	0.8%	 	1.2%	
 -50 bps	(1.4)%	 	(0.9)%	
1 Estimated % change of net interest income is reflected on a non-FTE basis.
Net interest income asset sensitivity at September 30, 2019 decreased compared to December 31, 2018, driven by growth in deposits and an increase in commercial loan swaps. See additional discussion related to net interest income in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.
In addition to assessing net interest income asset sensitivities, we also perform simulation analyses to assess the sensitivity of our MVE relative to changes in market interest rates. MVE is measured as the discounted present value of asset and derivative cash flows minus the discounted present value of liability cash flows. Management uses MVE sensitivity as an

87

additional means of measuring interest rate risk and incorporates this form of analysis within its governance and limits framework.

Market Risk from Trading Activities
Covered positions subject to the Market Risk Rule issued by the U.S. banking regulators include trading positions exposed to interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk. We manage market risk associated with trading activities using a comprehensive risk management approach, which includes VAR metrics, stress testing, and sensitivity analyses. Risk metrics are measured and monitored on a daily basis at both the trading desk and at the aggregate portfolio level to ensure exposures are in line with our risk appetite.
For trading portfolios, VAR measures the estimated maximum loss from one or more trading positions, given a specified confidence level and time horizon. VAR results are monitored daily against established limits. For risk management purposes, our VAR calculation is based on a historical simulation and measures the potential trading losses using a one-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level. This means that, on average, trading losses could exceed VAR one out of 100 trading days or two to three times per year. For Market Risk Capital purposes, we calculate VAR using a 10-day holding period and a 99% confidence level as required by the Market Risk Rule. Due to inherent limitations of the VAR methodology, such as the assumption that past market behavior is indicative of future market performance, VAR is only one of several tools used to manage market risk. Other tools used to actively manage market risk include stress testing, profit and loss attribution, and stop loss limits.
Stressed VAR, another component of Market Risk Capital, is calculated using a 10-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level and employs a historical simulation approach based on a continuous 12-month historical window selected to reflect a period of significant financial stress for our trading portfolio. The historical period used in the selection of the stress window encompasses the global financial crisis and all market disruptions since January 1, 2008. Our Stressed VAR calculation uses the same methodology and models as VAR, which is a requirement under the Market Risk Rule.
As required by the Market Risk Rule, in addition to risk charges based on VAR and Stressed VAR, we also calculate a specific risk add-on for all positions, including a portfolio of securitization positions in the trading portfolio for which we have de minimis market making exposure. The aggregate market value of on-balance sheet securitization positions was $7 million on September 30, 2019, all of which were non-agency ABS positions. There were no off-balance sheet securitization positions during the reporting period.
 
Table 13 presents VAR and Stressed VAR for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, as well as VAR by risk factor at September 30, 2019 and 2018.

																
Value at Risk Profile	 	 	 	Table 13	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
(Dollars in millions)	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
VAR (1-day holding period):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Period end		$2		 		$2		 		$2		 		$2		
High	3		 	2		 	3		 	3		
Low	1		 	1		 	1		 	1		
Average	2		 	2		 	2		 	2		
Stressed VAR (10-day holding period):	
Period end		$63		 		$60		 		$63		 		$60		
High	87		 	81		 	127		 	103		
Low	24		 	25		 	22		 	25		
Average	39		 	55		 	50		 	61		
VAR by risk factor at period end (1-day holding period):	
Equity risk	 	 	 	 		$3		 		$2		
Interest rate risk	 	 	 	 	2		 	1		
Credit spread risk	 	 	 	 	2		 	2		
VAR total at period end (1-day diversified)	 	2		 	2		
The trading portfolio, measured in terms of VAR, is predominantly comprised of four sub-portfolios of covered positions: (i) credit trading, (ii) fixed income securities, (iii) interest rate derivatives, and (iv) equity derivatives. As a market-maker, our trading portfolio also contains other sub-portfolios, including foreign exchange rate contracts and commodity derivatives, which do not generate material trading risk exposures. Our covered positions result primarily from market-making and underwriting services for our clients, as well as associated risk mitigating hedging activity. The trading portfolio’s VAR profile, presented in Table 13, is influenced by a variety of factors, including the size and composition of the portfolio, market volatility, and the correlation between different positions. Notwithstanding normal variations in the VAR associated with individual risk factors, average daily VAR as well as period end VAR for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 remained unchanged compared to the same periods in 2018. Average Stressed VAR remained within historic ranges and decreased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same periods in 2018, reflecting primarily lower stressed exposures associated with our equity derivatives portfolio. The trading portfolio of covered positions did not contain any correlation trading positions during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 or 2018.

88

In accordance with the Market Risk Rule, we evaluate the accuracy of our VAR model through daily backtesting by comparing aggregate daily trading gains and losses (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading) from covered positions with the corresponding daily VAR-based measures generated by the model. As illustrated in the following graph, there were two firmwide VAR backtesting exceptions during the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. These two backtesting exceptions in December 2018 were driven primarily by credit spread widening during the broader sell-off
 
in equity and credit markets during the latter half of the month, which impacted our corporate credit trading portfolio of bonds and loans. The total number of firmwide VAR backtesting exceptions over the preceding twelve months is used to determine the multiplication factor for the VAR-based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The capital multiplication factor increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions. There was no change in the capital multiplication factor over the preceding twelve months.

	

We have valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies for all covered positions. Additionally, trading positions are reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are subject to independent price verification. See Note 16, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 17, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as the “Critical Accounting Policies” MD&A section of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion of valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies.

Liquidity Risk Management
LCR requirements under Regulation WW require large U.S. banking organizations to hold unencumbered high-quality liquid assets sufficient to withstand projected 30-day total net cash outflows, each as defined under the LCR rule. Our average month-end LCR was 114% for the third quarter of 2019, which was above the 100% minimum regulatory requirement.
On December 19, 2016, the FRB published a final rule implementing public disclosure requirements for BHCs subject to the LCR that requires them to publicly disclose quantitative and qualitative information regarding their respective LCR
 
calculations on a quarterly basis. We are required to disclose elements under this final rule for quarterly periods ending after October 1, 2018, which can be found on our investor relations website at http://investors.suntrust.com.
On May 3, 2016, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC issued a joint proposed rule to implement the NSFR. The proposal would require large U.S. banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile over a one-year horizon. The FRB proposed a modified NSFR requirement for BHCs with greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, and less than $10 billion in total on balance sheet foreign exposure. The proposed NSFR requirement seeks to (i) reduce vulnerability to liquidity risk in financial institution funding structures and (ii) promote improved standardization in the measurement, management and disclosure of liquidity risk. The proposed rule contains an implementation date of January 1, 2018; however, a final rule has not yet been issued.
On October 10, 2019, the FRB finalized rules tailoring the application of the enhanced prudential standards pursuant to the EGRRCPA. Under the rules, Domestic and Foreign Banking Organizations are categorized based on size, complexity, and

89

other risk-based factors. As written under these final rules, we are considered a Category IV bank and are no longer subject to the mandatory LCR and proposed NSFR requirements. Internal liquidity stress testing, liquidity buffer, and liquidity risk management requirements still apply. Should the Merger consummate as planned, the combined company would be considered a Category III bank and would be subject to a reduced daily LCR of 85% under these final rules, which become effective 60 days after they are published in the Federal Register. The proposed NSFR requirements have not been finalized as part of these final tailoring rules.
Uses of Funds. Our primary uses of funds include the extension of loans and credit, the purchase of investment securities, working capital, and debt and capital service. The Bank borrows from the money markets using instruments such as Fed Funds and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At September 30, 2019, the Bank retained a material cash position in its Federal Reserve account. The Parent Company also retained a material cash position in its account with the Bank in accordance with our risk limits, discussed in greater detail below.
Sources of Funds. Our primary source of funds is a large, stable deposit base. Core deposits, predominantly made up of consumer and commercial deposits originated primarily from our retail branch network and Wholesale client base, are our largest and most cost-effective source of funding. Total deposits increased to $167.7 billion at September 30, 2019, from $162.6 billion at December 31, 2018.
We also maintain access to diversified sources for both secured and unsecured wholesale funding. These uncommitted sources include Fed Funds purchased from other financial institutions, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and Global Bank Notes. Aggregate borrowings increased to $27.5 billion at September 30, 2019, from $23.8 billion at December 31, 2018. These additional borrowings include a mix of both secured and unsecured funding and have primarily been used to support loan growth.
The Bank and Parent Company maintain programs to access the debt capital markets. The Parent Company maintains an SEC shelf registration from which it may issue senior or subordinated notes and various capital securities, such as common or preferred stock. In August 2018, our Board approved a new SEC shelf registration, which authorized the issuance of up to $6.0 billion of such securities, of which $5.9 billion of issuance capacity remained available at September 30, 2019.
The Bank maintains a Global Bank Note program under which it may issue senior or subordinated debt with various terms. At September 30, 2019, the Bank retained $28.3 billion of remaining capacity to issue notes under the Global Bank Note program. Refer to Table 10 in the “Borrowings” section for details regarding Bank debt issuances completed during the first nine months of 2019.
Our issuance capacity under these Bank and Parent Company programs refers to authorization granted by our Board, which is a formal program capacity and not a commitment to purchase by any investor. Debt and equity securities issued under these programs are designed to appeal primarily to domestic and international institutional investors. Institutional investor demand for these securities depends upon numerous factors,
 
including, but not limited to, our credit ratings, investor perception of financial market conditions, and the health of the banking sector. Therefore, our ability to access these markets in the future could be impaired for either idiosyncratic or systemic reasons.
We assess liquidity needs that may occur in both the normal course of business and during times of unusual, adverse events, considering both on and off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments that may impact liquidity in certain business environments. We have contingency funding scenarios and plans that assess liquidity needs that may arise from certain stress events such as severe economic recessions, financial market disruptions, and credit rating downgrades. In particular, a ratings downgrade could adversely impact the cost and availability of some of our liquid funding sources. Factors that affect our credit ratings include, but are not limited to, the credit risk profile of our assets, the adequacy of our ALLL, the level and stability of our earnings, the liquidity profile of both the Bank and the Parent Company, the economic environment, and the adequacy of our capital base.
As illustrated in Table 14, Moody’s assigned a “Review for Upgrade” outlook on our credit rating, S&P assigned a “Credit Watch Positive” outlook, and Fitch assigned a “Rating Watch Positive” outlook. Future credit rating downgrades are possible, although not currently anticipated, given these current credit rating outlooks.

						
Credit Ratings and Outlook	Table 14	
 	September 30, 2019	
 	Moody’s	 	S&P	 	Fitch	
SunTrust Banks, Inc.:	 	 	 	 	 	
Senior debt	Baa1	 	BBB+	 	A-	
Preferred stock	Baa3	 	BB+	 	BB	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
SunTrust Bank:	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term deposits	A1	 	A-	 	A	
Short-term deposits	P-1	 	A-2	 	F1	
Senior debt	Baal	 	A-	 	A-	
Outlook	Review for Upgrade	 	Credit Watch Positive	 	Rating Watch Positive	
Our investment securities portfolio is a store of liquidity that is managed as part of our overall liquidity management and ALM process to optimize income and portfolio value, maintaining the majority of securities in liquid and high-grade asset classes, such as agency MBS, agency debt, and U.S. Treasury securities; nearly all of these securities qualify as high-quality liquid assets under the U.S. LCR Final Rule. At September 30, 2019, our securities AFS portfolio contained $27.2 billion of unencumbered, high-quality liquid securities at market value.
As mentioned above, we evaluate contingency funding scenarios to anticipate and manage the likely impact of impaired capital markets access and other adverse liquidity circumstances. Our contingency plans also provide for continuous monitoring of net borrowed funds dependence and available sources of contingency liquidity. These contingency liquidity sources include available cash reserves, the ability to sell, pledge, or borrow against unencumbered securities in our investment portfolio, the capacity to borrow from the FHLB system or the Federal Reserve discount window, and the ability to sell or

90

securitize certain loan portfolios. Table 15 presents our contingency liquidity sources for the third quarters of 2019 and
 
2018. These sources exceed our contingency liquidity needs as measured in our contingency funding scenarios.

																
Contingency Liquidity Sources	 	 	 	 	 	Table 15		
 	 	 	 	 	
 	As of	 	Average for the Three Months Ended ¹ 	
(Dollars in billions)	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	
Excess reserves		$5.2		 		$3.8		 		$3.1		 		$2.4		
Free and liquid investment portfolio securities	27.2		 	27.4		 	28.3		 	27.4		
Unused FHLB borrowing capacity	20.8		 	24.2		 	20.3		 	25.3		
Unused discount window borrowing capacity	24.4		 	19.8		 	24.2		 	19.4		
Total		$77.6		 		$75.2		 		$75.9		 		$74.5		
1 Average based upon month-end data, except excess reserves, which is based upon a daily average.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock. We previously acquired capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta as a precondition for becoming a member of that institution. As a member, we are able to take advantage of competitively priced advances as a wholesale funding source and to access grants and low-cost loans for affordable housing and community development projects, among other benefits. At September 30, 2019, we held $334 million of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta, an increase of $107 million compared to December 31, 2018 due to increased holdings in long-term FHLB advances over the same period. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, we recognized $6 million and $14 million of dividend income related to FHLB capital stock, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividend income related to FHLB capital stock.
Similarly, to remain a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are required to hold a certain amount of capital stock, determined as either a percentage of the Bank’s capital or as a percentage of total deposit liabilities. At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we held $403 million of Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. For both the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividend income related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, we recognized $6 million and $9 million in dividend income related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock, respectively.

Parent Company Liquidity. Our primary measure of Parent Company liquidity is the length of time the Parent Company can meet its existing and forecasted obligations using its cash resources. We measure and manage this metric using forecasts from both normal and adverse conditions. Under adverse conditions, we measure how long the Parent Company can meet its capital and debt service obligations after experiencing material attrition of short-term unsecured funding and without the support of dividends from the Bank or access to the capital markets. Our ALCO and the Board have established risk limits against these metrics to manage the Parent Company’s liquidity by structuring its net maturity schedule to minimize the amount of debt maturing within a short period of time. A majority of the Parent Company’s liabilities are long-term in nature, coming from the proceeds of issuances of our capital securities and long-
 
term senior and subordinated notes. See the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A as well as Note 13, “Borrowings and Contractual Commitments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our debt.
We manage the Parent Company to maintain most of its liquid assets in cash and securities that it can quickly convert into cash. Unlike the Bank, it is not typical for the Parent Company to maintain a material investment portfolio of publicly traded securities. We manage the Parent Company cash balance to provide sufficient liquidity to fund all forecasted obligations (primarily debt and capital service) for an extended period of months in accordance with our risk limits.
The primary uses of Parent Company liquidity include debt service, dividends on capital instruments, the periodic purchase of investment securities, loans to our subsidiaries, and common share repurchases. See further details of the authorized common share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q. We fund corporate dividends with Parent Company cash, the primary sources of which are dividends from the Bank and proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. We are subject to both state and federal banking regulations that limit our ability to pay common stock dividends in certain circumstances. The Bank is also subject to federal and state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to the Parent Company, which could affect the Parent Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.

Other Liquidity Considerations. As presented in Table 16, we had an aggregate potential obligation of $100.9 billion to our clients in unused lines of credit at September 30, 2019. Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to clients who have complied with predetermined contractual obligations. We also had $2.6 billion in letters of credit outstanding at September 30, 2019, most of which are standby letters of credit, which require that we provide funding if certain future events occur. Approximately $113 million of these letters were available to support variable rate demand obligations at September 30, 2019. Unused commercial lines of credit increased since December 31, 2018, driven by an increase in commercial line of credit commitments. Residential mortgage commitments also increased since December 31, 2018, driven by IRLC volume outpacing closed loan volume.

91

	
																
Unfunded Lending Commitments	 	 	 	 	 	Table 16		
 	As of	 	Average for the Three Months Ended	
(Dollars in millions)	September 30, 2019	 	December 31, 2018	 	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	
Unused lines of credit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial		$68,085		 		$63,779		 		$67,529		 		$62,728		
Residential mortgage commitments 1	5,740		 	2,739		 	5,544		 	3,810		
Home equity lines	10,598		 	10,338		 	10,574		 	10,165		
CRE 2	5,483		 	5,307		 	5,878		 	4,263		
Credit card	10,944		 	10,852		 	11,023		 	10,602		
Total unused lines of credit		$100,850		 		$93,015		 		$100,548		 		$91,568		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Letters of credit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financial standby		$2,541		 		$2,769		 		$2,550		 		$2,912		
Performance standby	57		 	102		 	58		 	101		
Commercial	26		 	38		 	26		 	34		
Total letters of credit		$2,624		 		$2,909		 		$2,634		 		$3,047		
1 Includes residential mortgage IRLCs with notional balances of $3.5 billion and $992 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
2 Includes commercial mortgage IRLCs and other commitments with notional balances of $216 million and $360 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
Other Market Risk
Except as discussed below, there have been no significant changes to other market risks from those described in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We measure our residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis and hedge the risk associated with changes in fair value. Residential MSRs totaled $1.6 billion and $2.0 billion at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and are managed and monitored as part of a comprehensive risk governance process, which includes established risk limits.
We originated residential MSRs with fair values at the time of origination of $98 million and $237 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and $100 million and $250 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. Additionally, we purchased residential MSRs with fair values of $14 million and $89 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. No residential MSRs were purchased during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.
We recognized mark-to-market decreases in the fair value of our residential MSRs of $250 million and $654 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, and a decrease of $10 million and an increase of $15 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. Changes in fair value include the decay resulting from the realization of monthly net servicing cash flows. We recognized net losses related to residential MSRs, inclusive of fair value changes and related hedges, of $85 million and $218 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and $64 million and $184 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively. Compared to the prior year periods, the increase in net losses related to residential MSRs was driven primarily by higher decay in the current periods resulting from an increase in payoff volume. Commercial MSRs are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and therefore, are not subject to the same market risks associated with residential MSRs.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
In the ordinary course of business, we engage in certain activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” These activities involve transactions with unconsolidated VIEs as well as other arrangements, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of our clients and to support ongoing operations. Additional information regarding these types of activities is included in the “Liquidity Risk Management” section of this MD&A, as well as in Note 11, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities,” and Note 15, “Guarantees,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into certain contractual obligations, including obligations to make future payments on time deposits, borrowings, tax credit investments, and certain lease arrangements, as well as commitments to lend to clients and to fund capital expenditures and service contracts.
Except for changes in unfunded lending commitments (presented in Table 16 of this MD&A), time deposits (presented in Table 1 of this MD&A), borrowings (presented in the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A), leases (disclosed in Note 10, “Leases,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q), commitments to fund tax credit investments (disclosed in Note 11, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q), and pension and other postretirement benefit plans (disclosed in Note 14, “Employee Benefit Plans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q), there have been no material changes in our contractual obligations from those disclosed in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

92

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
Consumer
Consumer reported net income of $1.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $40 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income and noninterest income, offset partially by higher noninterest expense and provisions for credit losses and income taxes.
Net interest income was $3.2 billion, an increase of $135 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2018, driven by an increase in average LHFI and deposit balances and improved spreads on deposit balances. Net interest income related to LHFI increased $76 million, or 7%, driven primarily by a $4.6 billion, or 6%, increase in average LHFI balances, while spreads on loan balances increased one basis point. Consumer loan growth was driven by increases in consumer direct and indirect loans, residential mortgages, and guaranteed student loans, offset partially by declines in home equity products and personal credit lines. Net interest income related to deposits increased $41 million, or 2%, driven by a one basis point increase in deposit spreads and a $2.1 billion, or 2%, increase in average consumer and commercial deposit balances. Deposit balance growth was driven by increases in CDs and interest-bearing DDAs, offset partially by declines in money market accounts and noninterest-bearing DDAs.
Provision for credit losses was $204 million, an increase of $102 million, or 100%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was driven primarily by loan growth and higher net charge-offs.
Total noninterest income was $1.4 billion, an increase of $68 million, or 5%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was driven primarily by a $44 million gain on the sale of accruing TDRs in the second quarter of 2019 and an increase in mortgage-related income, offset partially by lower client transaction-related fee income.
Total noninterest expense was $3.0 billion, an increase of $45 million, or 2%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was driven primarily by higher operating losses due to favorable developments with certain legal matters in the first half of 2018, as well as fixed asset write-downs and increased escrow deposit referral fee costs for the first nine months of 2019. These increases were offset partially by lower personnel expenses and other corporate overhead allocations.
Wholesale
Wholesale reported net income of $930 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $149 million, or 14%, compared to the same period in 2018. The decrease was due to higher provision for credit losses and higher noninterest expense, offset partially by higher net interest income and noninterest income as well as lower provision for income taxes.
Net interest income was $1.7 billion, an increase of $29 million, or 2%, compared to the same period in 2018, driven primarily by an increase in average LHFI balances. Net interest income related to deposits decreased $46 million, or 7%, as a result of decreased deposit spreads and volumes. Average
 
consumer and commercial deposit balances decreased $470 million, or 1%, as a result of decreases in noninterest-bearing commercial DDAs and money market accounts, offset partially by increases in interest-bearing commercial DDAs and CD balances. Net interest income related to LHFI increased $61 million, or 7%, as a result of an increase in average LHFI balances, offset by a decrease in loan spreads. Average LHFI increased $7.1 billion, or 10%, primarily in C&I and CRE loans. Net interest income related to equity increased $29 million, or 17%, due to higher equity spreads.
Provision for credit losses was $208 million, an increase of $189 million compared to the same period in 2018, driven primarily by loan growth and a release of loan loss reserves in the prior year.
Total noninterest income was $1.1 billion, an increase of $41 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was due largely to higher trading income primarily attributable to fixed income, higher commercial real estate-related income, and higher tax credits, offset partially by a decrease in investment banking income.
Total noninterest expense was $1.4 billion, an increase of $75 million, or 6%, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was due primarily to higher outside processing and software expenses as well as higher other corporate overhead allocations.
Corporate Other
Corporate Other net income was a net loss of $124 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $195 million compared to the same period in 2018. The decrease in net income was due primarily to increases in discretionary expenses and Merger-related impacts, offset partially by an increase in noninterest income.
Net interest income was a net expense of $221 million, a decrease of $112 million compared to the same period in 2018. The decrease was driven primarily by lower commercial loan swap income resulting from higher benchmark interest rates. Average short-term borrowings increased $4.2 billion, and average long-term debt increased $6.5 billion, or 64%, driven by balance sheet management activities.
Total noninterest income was $230 million, an increase of $149 million, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase was due primarily to the $210 million insurance settlement benefit related to financial crisis-era related claims, offset partially by $38 million in net securities losses related primarily to a repositioning of our securities AFS portfolio.
Total noninterest expense was $207 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase of $290 million compared to the same period in 2018 was due to a $205 million charitable contribution to the SunTrust Foundation in the second quarter of 2019 and $92 million of Merger-related impacts comprised primarily of merger and acquisition advisory fees, legal costs, and consulting and retention payments.

See Note 19, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments, basis of presentation, internal management reporting methodologies, and additional information.

93

	
																
Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures	 	 	 	Table 17		
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	 	 	 	 	 	
	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
Selected Financial Data	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Summary of Operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income		$2,005		 		$1,834		 		$6,013		 		$5,261		
Interest expense	495		 	322		 	1,424		 	821		
Net interest income	1,510		 	1,512		 	4,589		 	4,440		
Provision for credit losses	132		 	61		 	412		 	121		
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	1,378		 	1,451		 	4,177		 	4,319		
Noninterest income	843		 	782		 	2,653		 	2,408		
Noninterest expense	1,474		 	1,384		 	4,602		 	4,191		
Income before provision for income taxes	747		 	849		 	2,228		 	2,536		
Provision for income taxes	122		 	95		 	330		 	412		
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2		 	2		 	7		 	7		
Net income		$623		 		$752		 		$1,891		 		$2,117		
Net income available to common shareholders		$597		 		$726		 		$1,814		 		$2,036		
Net interest income-FTE 1		$1,532		 		$1,534		 		$4,655		 		$4,505		
Total revenue	2,353		 	2,294		 	7,242		 	6,848		
Total revenue-FTE 1	2,375		 	2,316		 	7,308		 	6,913		
Net securities gains/(losses)	4		 	—		 	(38	)	 	1		
Net income per average common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted		$1.34		 		$1.56		 		$4.06		 		$4.34		
Basic	1.35		 	1.58		 	4.09		 	4.38		
Dividends declared per common share	0.56		 	0.50		 	1.56		 	1.30		
Book value per common share	 	 	 	 	54.87		 	48.00		
Tangible book value per common share 2	 	 	 	 	40.58		 	34.51		
Market capitalization	 	 	 	 	30,549		 	30,632		
Market price per common share (NYSE trading symbol “STI”):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
High		$69.57		 		$75.08		 		$69.57		 		$75.08		
Low	58.61		 	65.82		 	49.78		 	64.32		
Close	68.80		 	66.79		 	68.80		 	66.79		
Selected Average Balances:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets		$224,747		 		$207,395		 		$221,019		 		$205,370		
Earning assets	198,878		 	186,344		 	196,902		 	184,607		
LHFI	157,612		 	145,995		 	156,044		 	144,368		
Intangible assets including residential MSRs	8,044		 	8,396		 	8,235		 	8,332		
Residential MSRs	1,632		 	1,987		 	1,824		 	1,922		
Consumer and commercial deposits	162,533		 	159,348		 	160,779		 	159,159		
Preferred stock	2,025		 	2,025		 	2,025		 	2,145		
Total shareholders’ equity	26,226		 	24,275		 	25,307		 	24,324		
Average common shares - diluted	446,962		 	464,164		 	446,673		 	469,006		
Average common shares - basic	443,960		 	460,252		 	443,779		 	464,804		
Financial Ratios (Annualized):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ROA	1.10	%	 	1.44	%	 	1.14	%	 	1.38	%	
ROE	9.83		 	13.01		 	10.46		 	12.33		
ROTCE 3	13.23		 	18.06		 	14.27		 	17.14		
Net interest margin	3.01		 	3.22		 	3.12		 	3.22		
Net interest margin-FTE 1	3.06		 	3.27		 	3.16		 	3.26		
Efficiency ratio 4	62.63		 	60.34		 	63.55		 	61.20		
Efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4	62.06		 	59.76		 	62.97		 	60.62		
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5	61.17		 	58.94		 	62.23		 	59.89		
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5, 6	59.91		 	58.94		 	59.89		 	59.89		
Total average shareholders’ equity to total average assets	11.67		 	11.71		 	11.45		 	11.84		
Tangible common equity to tangible assets 7	 	 	 	 	8.23		 	7.72		
Common dividend payout ratio	 	 	 	 	41.6		 	31.6		

94

	
						
Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)	
 	 	 	 	
Selected Financial Data (continued)	Nine Months Ended September 30	
Capital Ratios at period end 8:	2019	 	2018	
CET1	9.33	%	 	9.60	%	
Tier 1 capital	10.38		 	10.72		
Total capital	12.07		 	12.47		
Leverage	9.28		 	9.66		

	

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	Three Months Ended September 30	 	Nine Months Ended September 30	
Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures	2019	 	2018	 	2019	 	2018	
Net interest margin	3.01	 %	 	3.22	 %	 	3.12	 %	 	3.22	 %	
Impact of FTE adjustment	0.05		 	0.05		 	0.04		 	0.04		
Net interest margin-FTE 1	3.06	 %	 	3.27	 %	 	3.16	 %	 	3.26	 %	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Efficiency ratio 4	62.63	 %	 	60.34	 %	 	63.55	 %	 	61.20	 %	
Impact of FTE adjustment	(0.57	)	 	(0.58	)	 	(0.58	)	 	(0.58	)	
Efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4	62.06		 	59.76		 	62.97		 	60.62		
Impact of excluding amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits	(0.89	)	 	(0.82	)	 	(0.74	)	 	(0.73	)	
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5	61.17		 	58.94		 	62.23		 	59.89		
Impact of excluding unusual or infrequent items	(1.26	)	 	—		 	(2.34	)	 	—		
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5, 6	59.91	 %	 	58.94	 %	 	59.89	 %	 	59.89	 %	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ROE	9.83	 %	 	13.01	 %	 	10.46	 %	 	12.33	 %	
Impact of removing average intangible assets other than residential and commercial MSRs from average common shareholders' equity, and removing related pre-tax amortization expense from net income available to common shareholders	3.40		 	5.05		 	3.81		 	4.81		
ROTCE 3	13.23	%	 	18.06	%	 	14.27	%	 	17.14	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income		$1,510		 		$1,512		 		$4,589		 		$4,440		
FTE adjustment	22		 	22		 	66		 	65		
Net interest income-FTE 1	1,532		 	1,534		 	4,655		 	4,505		
Noninterest income	843		 	782		 	2,653		 	2,408		
Total revenue-FTE 1		$2,375		 		$2,316		 		$7,308		 		$6,913		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted net income per average common share 		$1.34		 		$1.56		 		$4.06		 		$4.34		
Impact of excluding Merger-related impacts	0.06		 	—		 	0.17		 	—		
Adjusted diluted net income per average common share 9		$1.40		 		$1.56		 		$4.23		 		$4.34		

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	 	 	 	 	September 30, 2019	 	September 30, 2018	
Total shareholders’ equity	 	 	 	 		$26,489		 		$24,139		
Goodwill, net of deferred taxes 10	 	 	 	 	(6,168	)	 	(6,171	)	
Other intangible assets (including residential and commercial MSRs)	 	 	 	 	(1,648	)	 	(2,140	)	
Residential and commercial MSRs	 	 	 	 	1,636		 	2,126		
Tangible equity 7	 	 	 	 	20,309		 	17,954		
Noncontrolling interest	 	 	 	 	(101	)	 	(101	)	
Preferred stock	 	 	 	 	(2,025	)	 	(2,025	)	
Tangible common equity 7	 	 	 	 		$18,183		 		$15,828		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	 	 	 		$227,368		 		$211,276		
Goodwill	 	 	 	 	(6,331	)	 	(6,331	)	
Other intangible assets (including residential and commercial MSRs)	 	 	 	 	(1,648	)	 	(2,140	)	
Residential and commercial MSRs	 	 	 	 	1,636		 	2,126		
Tangible assets	 	 	 	 		$221,025		 		$204,931		
Tangible common equity to tangible assets 7	 	 	 	 	8.23	 %	 	7.72	 %	
Tangible book value per common share 2	 	 	 	 		$40.58		 		$34.51		

95

	
								
Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	
Reconciliation of PPNR 11	Three Months Ended September 30, 2019	 	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019	
Income before provision for income taxes		$747		 		$2,228		
Provision for credit losses	132		 	412		
Less:	 	 	 	
Net securities gains/(losses)	4		 	(38	)	
PPNR		$875		 		$2,678		

1 	We present Net interest income-FTE, Total revenue-FTE, Net interest margin-FTE, Efficiency ratio-FTE, Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE, and Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE on a fully taxable-equivalent ("FTE") basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of Net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe the FTE basis is the preferred industry measurement basis for these measures and that it enhances comparability of Net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Total revenue-FTE is calculated as Net interest income-FTE plus Noninterest income. Net interest margin-FTE is calculated by dividing annualized Net interest income-FTE by average Total earning assets.	
		
2 	We present Tangible book value per common share, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets, noncontrolling interest, and preferred stock from shareholders' equity. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity, and removing the amounts of noncontrolling interest and preferred stock that do not represent our common shareholders' equity, it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry.	
		
3 	We present ROTCE, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets from average common shareholders' equity and removes the related intangible asset amortization from Net income available to common shareholders. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity and related pre-tax amortization expense (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our ROTCE to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure. We also believe that removing these items provides a more relevant measure of our Return on common shareholders' equity. This measure is utilized by management to assess our profitability.	
		
4 	Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing Noninterest expense by Total revenue. Efficiency ratio-FTE is computed by dividing Noninterest expense by Total revenue-FTE.	
		
5 	We present Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE, which excludes amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the impact of amortization (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our efficiency to other companies in the industry. This measure is utilized by management to assess our efficiency and that of our lines of business.	
		
6 	We present Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE, which excludes $5 million and $210 million of insurance settlement benefits related to financial crisis-era related claims recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively, and $33 million and $92 million of Merger-related impacts recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it removes the effect of unusual or infrequent items impacting the periods' results and is more reflective of normalized operations and results that are primarily client relationship and client transaction driven. Removing these items also allows investors to more easily compare our tangible efficiency to other companies in the industry that may not have had similar items impacting their results. Additional details on the Merger can be found in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.	
		
7 	We present certain capital information on a tangible basis, including the ratio of Tangible common equity to tangible assets, Tangible equity, and Tangible common equity, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets. We believe these measures are useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry. These measures are utilized by management to analyze capital adequacy.	
		
8 	Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented. Refer to the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A for additional regulatory capital information.	
		
9 	We present Adjusted diluted net income per average common share, which excludes $33 million and $92 million of Merger-related impacts recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it removes the effect of unusual or infrequent Merger-related impacts included in the periods' results and is more reflective of normalized operations and results that are primarily client relationship and client transaction driven. Removing these Merger-related impacts also allows investors to more easily compare our results to other companies in the industry that may not have had similar items impacting their results. Additional details on these items and the Merger can be found in the “Noninterest Expense” section of this MD&A and our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.	
		
10 	Net of deferred taxes of $163 million and $160 million at September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.	
		
11 	We present the reconciliation of PPNR because it is a performance metric utilized by management and in certain of our compensation plans. PPNR impacts the level of awards if certain thresholds are met. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it allows investors to compare our PPNR to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure.	

96

	
		
Item 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
See the “Enterprise Risk Management” section in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.

	
		
Item 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company's management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) at September 30, 2019. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon the evaluation, the
 
CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at September 30, 2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC Topic 842, Leases, and implemented relevant changes to its control activities and processes to monitor and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. There were no other changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of its business activities, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts. Although the ultimate outcome of these suits cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management that none of these matters, when resolved, will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. For additional information, see Note 18, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 
		
Item 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
The risks described in this report and in the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known, or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial, also may adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results. In addition to the information set forth in this report, factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which could materially affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results, should be carefully considered.

97

		
Item 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	
(a) None.
(b) None.
(c) :

										
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	 	 	 	Table 18	
 	 Common Stock 1, 2	
 	Total Number of Shares Purchased	 	Average Price Paid per Share	 	Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs	 	Approximate Dollar Value
of Equity that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Programs at Period End
(in millions)	
January 1 - 31	4,578,864		 	$54.60	 	4,578,864		 	$500	
February 1 - 28	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
March 1 - 31	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
Total during first quarter of 2019	4,578,864		 	54.60	 	4,578,864		 	  500	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
April 1 - 30	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
May 1 - 31	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
June 1 - 30	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
Total during second quarter of 2019	—		 	—	 	—		 	  500	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
July 1 - 31	—		 	—	 	—		 	—	
August 1 - 31	—		 	—	 	—		 	—	
September 1 - 30	—		 	—	 	—		 	—	
Total during third quarter of 2019	—		 	—	 	—		 	—	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total year-to-date 2019	4,578,864		 	$54.60	 	4,578,864		 	$—	
1 The principal market in which SunTrust common stock is traded is the NYSE (trading symbol “STI”).
2 During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, no shares of SunTrust common stock were surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans, where participants may pay the exercise price upon exercise of SunTrust stock options by surrendering shares of SunTrust common stock that the participant already owns. SunTrust considers any such shares surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans to be repurchased pursuant to the authority and terms of the applicable stock option plan rather than pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs.

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company repurchased $250 million of its outstanding common stock at market value as part of the publicly announced 2018 capital plan, pursuant to an SEC Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan entered into on November 6, 2018. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company had $500 million of unused common stock repurchase capacity remaining under its 2018 capital plan (reflected in the table above), which effectively expired on June 30, 2019 as the Company did not utilize this remaining share repurchase capacity in view of the Merger.
In April 2019, the Company submitted certain required schedules to the Federal Reserve to support the Company's 2019 internal capital plan, which did not include a share repurchase plan in view of the Merger.
 
The Company did not repurchase any shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock during the first nine months of 2019, and at September 30, 2019, there was no unused Board authority to repurchase any shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock.
Refer to the Company's 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's equity securities.

98

		
Item 3.	DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES	
None.

		
Item 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Not applicable.

		
Item 5.	OTHER INFORMATION	
None.

		
Item 6.	EXHIBITS	

					
Exhibit Number	 	Description of Exhibit	 	Location	
2	 	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 7, 2019, by and between registrant and BB&T Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2019, as amended by the First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between registrant and BB&T Corporation, dated as of June 14, 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2019.	 	(1)	
 	 	 	 	 	
3.1	 	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, restated effective January 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 22, 2009, as further amended by (i) Articles of Amendment dated December 13, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2012, (ii) the Articles of Amendment dated November 6, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2014, (iii) the Articles of Amendment dated May 1, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 2, 2017, and (iv) the Articles of Amendment dated November 13, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2017.	 	(1)	
 	 	 	 	 	
3.2	 	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and restated on October 15, 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 15, 2018.	 	(1)	
 	 	 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	 	(2)	
 	 	 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	 	(2)	
 	 	 	 	 	
32.1	 	Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	 	(3)	
 	 	 	 	 	
32.2	 	Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	 	(3)	
 	 	 	 	 	
101	 	Interactive Data File in Inline XBRL format, embedded within the Inline XBRL document of this Report.	 	(2)	
 	 	 	 	 	
104	 	Cover Page Interactive Data File in Inline XBRL format, included in Exhibit 101 to this Report.	 	(2)	

	
		
(1)	Incorporated by reference	
(2)	Filed herewith	
(3)	Furnished herewith	

99

	

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	
				
 	 	 	SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.	
 	 	 	(Registrant)	
 	 	 	 	
Date:	October 31, 2019	 	By: /s/ R. Ryan Richards	
 	 	 	R. Ryan Richards,
Senior Vice President and Controller
(on behalf of the registrant and as Principal Accounting Officer)	

100

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
SEC RELEASE NO. 33-8124
I, William H. Rogers, Jr., certify that:

(1)	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of SunTrust Banks, Inc.;	

(2)	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

(3)	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

(4)	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;	

(5)	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

		
b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: October 31, 2019.
/s/ William H. Rogers, Jr.                
William H. Rogers, Jr.,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
SEC RELEASE NO. 33-8124
I, L. Allison Dukes, certify that:

(1)	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of SunTrust Banks, Inc.;	

(2)	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

(3)	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

(4)	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;	

(5)	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

		
b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: October 31, 2019.
/s/ L. Allison Dukes                
L. Allison Dukes,
Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William H. Rogers, Jr., Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
		
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and	
		
(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: October 31, 2019.

/s/ William H. Rogers, Jr.                
William H. Rogers, Jr.,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, L. Allison Dukes, Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
		
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and	
		
(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: October 31, 2019.

/s/ L. Allison Dukes                
L. Allison Dukes,
Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer